Novell GROUPWISE 7 ADMINISTRATION GUIDE

Page 1
GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Novell GroupWise®
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
7
March 14, 2008
www.novell.com
ADMINISTRATION GUIDE
Page 2
Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents or use of this documentation, and specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes to its content, at any time, without obligation to notify any person or entity of such revisions or changes.
Further, Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to any software, and specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any and all parts of Novell software, at any time, without any obligation to notify any person or entity of such changes.
Any products or technical information provided under this Agreement may be subject to U.S. export controls and the trade laws of other countries. You agree to comply with all export control regulations and to obtain any required licenses or classification to export, re-export, or import deliverables. You agree not to export or re-export to entities on the current U.S. export exclusion lists or to any embargoed or terrorist countries as specified in the U.S. export laws. You agree to not use deliverables for prohibited nuclear, missile, or chemical biological weaponry end uses. See the Novell International Trade Services Web page (http://www.novell.com/info/exports/) for more information on exporting Novell software. Novell assumes no responsibility for your failure to obtain any necessary export approvals.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Copyright © 2003-2008 Novell, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, photocopied, stored on a retrieval system, or transmitted without the express written consent of the publisher.
Novell, Inc. has intellectual property rights relating to technology embodied in the product that is described in this document. In particular, and without limitation, these intellectual property rights may include one or more of the U.S. patents listed on the Novell Legal Patents Web page (http://www.novell.com/company/legal/patents/) and one or more additional patents or pending patent applications in the U.S. and in other countries.
Novell, Inc. 404 Wyman Street, Suite 500 Waltham, MA 02451 U.S.A. www.novell.com
Online Documentation: To access the online documentation for this and other Novell products, and to get
updates, see the Novell Documentation Web site (http://www.novell.com/documentation).
Page 3
Novell Trademarks
For Novell trademarks, see the Novell Trademark and Service Mark list (http://www.novell.com/company/legal/
trademarks/tmlist.html).
Third-Party Materials
All third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Page 4
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Page 5
Contents
About This Guide 33
Part I System 35
1 GroupWise System Administration 37
2 ConsoleOne Administration Tool 39
2.1 ConsoleOne on Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.1.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.1.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.2 ConsoleOne on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.2.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.2.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.3 ConsoleOne in a Multiple-Platform Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3 GroupWise View 43
3.1 eDirectory View vs. GroupWise View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.2 GroupWise Object Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.3 Customizing the GroupWise View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3.1 Changing the Column Display and Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3.2 Changing the Column Widths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.4 Searching in the GroupWise View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.5 Performing Administrative Tasks from the GroupWise View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4 GroupWise System Operations 51
4.1 Select Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
4.2 System Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.2.1 Admin Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.2.2 Routing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2.3 External Access Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.2.4 Nickname Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.5 Default Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.6 Admin Lockout Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.7 Linux Settings (Linux ConsoleOne Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
4.3 eDirectory User Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.4 Admin-Defined Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.5 Pending Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.6 Addressing Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.7 Time Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.7.1 Modifying a Time Zone Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4.7.2 Adding a Time Zone Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.7.3 Deleting a Time Zone Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.8 External System Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.9 Software Directory Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.9.1 Creating a Software Distribution Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4.9.2 Updating a Software Distribution Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Contents 5
Page 6
4.9.3 Deleting a Software Distribution Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
4.10 Restore Area Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.11 Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.12 Trusted Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.12.1 Creating a Key for a Trusted Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.12.2 Configuring a Trusted Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.12.3 Deleting a Trusted Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.13 LDAP Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4.14 Global Signatures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
5 GroupWise Utilities 73
5.1 Mailbox/Library Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
5.2 System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.3 Backup/Restore Mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.4 Recover Deleted Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.5 Client Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.6 Expired Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.7 Email Address Lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.8 Synchronize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.9 User Move Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.10 Link Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
5.11 Document Properties Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
5.12 Import/Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
5.13 New System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
5.14 Check eDirectory Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
5.15 Gateway Alias Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.16 GW / eDirectory Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.16.1 Graft GroupWise Objects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.16.2 Invalid Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
5.16.3 Associate Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
5.16.4 Disassociate GroupWise Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.16.5 Convert External Entity to User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
5.16.6 Convert User to External Entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.17 Standalone GroupWise Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.17.1 GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.17.2 GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.17.3 GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
5.17.4 GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.17.5 GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
5.17.6 GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
6 GroupWise Address Book 85
6.1 Customizing Address Book Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
6.1.1 Adding eDirectory Fields to the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.1.2 Adding LDAP Fields to the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
6.1.3 Changing the Default Sort Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6.1.4 Removing Fields from the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.1.5 Preventing the User Description Field from Displaying in the Address Book . . . . . . 89
6.2 Controlling Object Visibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
6.3 Supporting Messenger Presence Display in GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6.4 Updating Address Book Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.4.1 Synchronizing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.4.2 Rebuilding the Post Office Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 7
6.5 Controlling Address Book Synchronization for Remote Client Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.6 Enabling Wildcard Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.6.1 Setting Wildcard Addressing Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
6.6.2 Wildcard Addressing Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
6.7 Adding External Users to the GroupWise Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
6.7.1 Creating a Non-GroupWise Domain to Represent the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.7.2 Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
6.7.3 Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host. . . . . . . . . . . 98
6.7.4 Creating External Users. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
6.8 Facilitating Addressing through GroupWise Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
6.8.1 Creating an Addressing Rule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
6.8.2 Enabling an Addressing Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
7 Multilingual GroupWise Systems 105
7.1 Client Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
7.2 Administration Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.3 International Character Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
7.4 Multi-Language Workstations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Part II Domains 109
8 Creating a New Domain 111
8.1 Understanding the Purpose of Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
8.2 Planning a New Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
8.2.1 Determining When to Add a New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
8.2.2 Deciding Who Will Administer the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
8.2.3 Planning Post Offices in the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
8.2.4 Determining the Context for the Domain Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
8.2.5 Choosing the Domain Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
8.2.6 Deciding Where to Create the Domain Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8.2.7 Deciding Where to Install the Agent Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
8.2.8 Deciding How to Link the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.2.9 Selecting the Domain Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.2.10 Selecting the Domain Time Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
8.3 Setting Up the New Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
8.3.1 Creating the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
8.3.2 Configuring the MTA for the New Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
8.3.3 Installing and Starting the New MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
8.4 What’s Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
8.5 Domain Worksheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
9 Managing Domains 127
9.1 Connecting to a Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9.2 Editing Domain Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9.3 Converting a Secondary Domain to a Primary Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
9.4 Moving a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
9.5 Deleting a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
9.6 Changing MTA Configuration to Meet Domain Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Contents 7
Page 8
10 Managing the Links between Domains and Post Offices 137
10.1 Understanding Link Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
10.1.1 Domain-to-Domain Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
10.1.2 Domain-to-Post Office Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
10.1.3 Link Protocols for Direct Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
10.2 Using the Link Configuration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
10.2.1 Starting the Link Configuration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
10.2.2 Editing a Domain Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
10.2.3 Editing Multiple Domain Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
10.2.4 Editing a Post Office Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
10.2.5 Viewing the Path of an Indirect Link between Domains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
10.2.6 Viewing the Indirect Links Passing through a Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
10.2.7 Viewing the Gateway Links Passing through a Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
10.2.8 Saving and Synchronizing Link Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10.3 Interpreting Link Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10.3.1 Link Type Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10.3.2 Link Status Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
10.4 Modifying Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Part III Post Offices 153
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
11 Creating a New Post Office 155
11.1 Understanding the Purpose of Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
11.2 Planning a New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
11.2.1 Determining When to Add a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
11.2.2 Selecting the Domain That the Post Office Will Belong To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
11.2.3 Determining the Context for the Post Office Object. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
11.2.4 Choosing the Post Office Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
11.2.5 Deciding Where to Create the Post Office Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
11.2.6 Deciding Where to Install the Agent Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
11.2.7 Deciding How to Link the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
11.2.8 Selecting the Post Office Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
11.2.9 Selecting the Post Office Time Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
11.2.10 Selecting a Software Distribution Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
11.2.11 Selecting a Post Office Security Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
11.2.12 Deciding if You Want to Create a Library for the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
11.3 Setting Up the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
11.3.1 Creating the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
11.3.2 Configuring the POA for the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
11.3.3 Installing and Starting the New POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
11.3.4 Setting Up User Access to the New Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
11.4 What’s Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
11.5 Post Office Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
12 Managing Post Offices 175
12.1 Connecting to the Domain That Owns a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
12.2 Editing Post Office Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
12.3 Managing Disk Space Usage in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
12.3.1 Preparing to Implement Disk Space Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
12.3.2 Setting Mailbox Size Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
12.3.3 Enforcing Mailbox Size Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
12.3.4 Restricting the Size of Messages That Users Can Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
12.3.5 Preventing the Post Office from Running Out of Disk Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
8 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 9
12.3.6 An Alternative to Disk Space Management in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
12.3.7 Forcing Caching Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
12.4 Auditing Mailbox License Usage in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
12.5 Tracking and Restricting Client Access to the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
12.6 Refreshing the Client View Files in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
12.7 Disabling a Post Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
12.8 Moving a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
12.9 Deleting a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
12.10 Changing POA Configuration to Meet Post Office Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Part IV Users 201
13 Creating GroupWise Accounts 203
13.1 Establishing a Default Password for All New GroupWise Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
13.2 Creating GroupWise Accounts for eDirectory Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
13.2.1 Creating a Single GroupWise Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
13.2.2 Creating Multiple GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
13.2.3 Using a Template to Create GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
13.2.4 Creating GroupWise Accounts by Importing Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
13.3 Creating GroupWise Accounts for Non-eDirectory Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
13.4 Educating Your New Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
14 Managing GroupWise Accounts and Users 217
14.1 Adding a User to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
14.2 Allowing Users to Modify Distribution Lists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
14.3 Adding a Global Signature to Users’ Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
14.3.1 Creating Global Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
14.3.2 Selecting a Default Global Signature for All Outgoing Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
14.3.3 Assigning Global Signatures to Internet Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
14.3.4 Assigning Global Signatures to Windows Client Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
14.3.5 Excluding Global Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
14.4 Moving GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
14.4.1 Live Move vs. File Transfer Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
14.4.2 Moves Between GroupWise 6.x or Later Post Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
14.4.3 Moves Between GroupWise 6.x or Later and GroupWise 5.x Post Offices. . . . . . . 223
14.4.4 Preparing for a User Move. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
14.4.5 Moving a GroupWise Account to Another Post Office in the Same eDirectory Tree 225
14.4.6 Moving a GroupWise Account to Another Post Office in a Dif ferent e Direc tory
Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
14.4.7 Monitoring User Move Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
14.5 Renaming Users and Their GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.6 Managing Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
14.6.1 Creating or Changing a Mailbox Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
14.6.2 Removing a Mailbox Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
14.6.3 Bypassing the GroupWise Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
14.7 Managing E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
14.7.1 Ensuring Unique E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
14.7.2 Changing a User’s Internet Addressing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
14.7.3 Changing a User’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
14.7.4 Creating a Nickname for a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
14.8 Checking GroupWise Account Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
14.9 Disabling and Enabling GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
14.10 Removing GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Contents 9
Page 10
14.10.1 Deleting a GroupWise Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
14.10.2 Expiring a GroupWise Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
14.10.3 Managing Expired or Expiring GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Part V Resources 247
15 Creating Resources 249
15.1 Understanding Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
15.1.1 Resource Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
15.1.2 Resource Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
15.1.3 Resource Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
15.1.4 Resource Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
15.2 Planning Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
15.3 Creating a New Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
16 Managing Resources 253
16.1 Changing a Resource’s Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
16.2 Adding a Resource to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
16.3 Moving a Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
16.4 Renaming a Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
16.5 Deleting a Resource. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
16.6 Managing E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
16.6.1 Changing a Resource’s Internet Addressing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
16.6.2 Changing a Resource’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
16.6.3 Creating a Nickname for a Resource. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Part VI Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles 261
17 Understanding Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles 263
17.1 Public vs. Personal Address Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
17.2 Distribution Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
17.3 eDirectory Groups and Organizational Roles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
18 Creating and Managing Distribution Lists 265
18.1 Creating a New Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
18.2 Adding Members to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
18.3 Removing Members from a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
18.4 Moving a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
18.5 Renaming a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
18.6 Enabling Users to Modify a Distribution List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
18.7 Deleting a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
18.8 Managing E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
18.8.1 Changing a Distribution List’s Internet Addressing Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
18.8.2 Changing a Distribution List’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
18.8.3 Creating a Nickname for a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
18.9 Adding External Users to a Distribution List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
18.9.1 Creating an External Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
18.9.2 Creating an External Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
18.9.3 Creating an External User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
10 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 11
19 Using eDirectory Groups as GroupWise Distribution Lists 279
19.1 Setting Up an eDirectory Group for Use in GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
19.2 Seeing Which Members of an eDirectory Group Have GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
19.3 Changing a Group’s Visibility in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
19.4 Moving a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
19.5 Renaming a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
19.6 Removing a Group from GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
20 Using eDirectory Organizational Roles as GroupWise Distribution Lists 285
20.1 Setting Up an Organizational Role for Use in GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
20.2 Seeing Which Members of an Organizational Role Have GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . 286
20.3 Changing an Organizational Role’s Visibility in the Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
20.4 Moving an Organizational Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
20.5 Renaming an Organizational Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
20.6 Removing an Organizational Role from GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Part VII Libraries and Documents 291
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
21 Document Management Services Overview 293
21.1 Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
21.2 Document Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
21.3 Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
21.3.1 Document Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
21.3.2 Document Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
21.4 Integrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
22 Creating and Managing Libraries 299
22.1 Planning a Basic Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
22.1.1 Selecting the Post Office That the Library Will Belong To . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
22.1.2 Determining the Context for the Library Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
22.1.3 Choosing the Library Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
22.1.4 Deciding Where to Store Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
22.2 Setting Up a Basic Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
22.2.1 Creating the Basic Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
22.3 Planning Full-Service Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
22.3.1 Deciding Which Libraries to Create . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
22.3.2 Selecting the Post Offices To Own Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
22.3.3 Determining the Contexts for Library Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
22.3.4 Choosing Library Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
22.3.5 Deciding Where to Store Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
22.3.6 Setting Document Version Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
22.3.7 Figuring Maximum Archive Directory Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
22.3.8 Designating Initial Librarians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
22.3.9 Restricting Initial Public Library Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
22.3.10 Determining Your Indexing Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
22.3.11 Determining If You Need to Set Up Integrations for DMS Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
22.4 Setting Up a Full-Service Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
22.4.1 Creating the Full-Service Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
22.4.2 What’s Next . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
22.5 Viewing a New Library in Your GroupWise System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
22.5.1 Seeing the New Library in ConsoleOne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Contents 11
Page 12
22.5.2 Seeing the New Library in the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
22.6 Managing Libraries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
22.6.1 Editing Library Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
22.6.2 Managing Document Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
22.6.3 Managing Library Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
22.6.4 Adding and Training Librarians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
22.6.5 Maintaining Library Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
22.6.6 Moving a Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
22.6.7 Deleting a Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
22.7 Library Worksheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
22.7.1 Basic Library Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
22.7.2 Full-Service Library Worksheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
23 Creating and Managing Documents 335
23.1 Adding Documents to Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
23.1.1 Creating New Documents in the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
23.1.2 Importing Existing Documents into the GroupWise DMS System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
23.1.3 Managing Groups of Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
23.2 Organizing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
23.2.1 Customizing Document Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
23.2.2 Defining Related Document Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
23.3 Indexing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
23.3.1 Understanding DMS Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
23.3.2 Determining Your Indexing Needs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
23.3.3 Implementing Indexing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
23.4 Managing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
23.4.1 Archiving and Deleting Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
23.4.2 Backing Up and Restoring Archived Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
23.4.3 Handling Orphaned Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
24 Integrations 363
24.1 Setting Up Integrations during Windows Client Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
24.2 Setting Up Integrations Using the gwappint.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
24.2.1 Understanding the Three Levels of Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
24.2.2 Understanding the gwappint.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
24.2.3 Editing the gwappint.inf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
24.3 Controlling Integrations in the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Part VIII Databases 371
25 Understanding GroupWise Databases 373
25.1 Domain Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
25.2 Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
25.3 User Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
25.4 Message Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
25.5 Library Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
25.6 Guardian Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
26 Maintaining Domain and Post Office Databases 377
26.1 Validating Domain or Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
26.2 Recovering Domain or Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
12 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 13
26.3 Rebuilding Domain or Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
26.4 Rebuilding Database Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
27 Maintaining User/Resource and Message Databases 385
27.1 Analyzing and Fixing User and Message Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
27.2 Performing a Structural Rebuild of a User Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
27.3 Re-creating a User Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
28 Maintaining Library Databases and Documents 391
28.1 Analyzing and Fixing Databases for Libraries and Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
28.2 Analyzing and Fixing Library and Document Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
29 Synchronizing Database Information 395
29.1 Synchronizing Individual Users or Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
29.2 Synchronizing a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
29.3 Synchronizing a Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
29.4 Synchronizing a Secondary Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
29.5 Synchronizing the Primary Domain from a Secondary Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
30 Managing Database Disk Space 399
30.1 Gathering Mailbox Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
30.2 Reducing the Size of User and Message Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
30.3 Reclaiming Disk Space in Domain and Post Office Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
30.4 Reducing the Size of Libraries and Document Storage Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
30.4.1 Archiving and Deleting Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
30.4.2 Deleting Activity Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
31 Backing Up GroupWise Databases 407
31.1 Backing Up a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
31.2 Backing Up a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
31.3 Backing Up a Library and Its Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
31.4 Backing Up Individual Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
32 Restoring GroupWise Databases from Backup 411
32.1 Restoring a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
32.2 Restoring a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
32.3 Restoring a Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
32.4 Restoring an Individual Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
32.5 Restoring Deleted Mailbox Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
32.5.1 Setting Up a Restore Area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
32.5.2 Restoring a User’s Mailbox Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
32.5.3 Letting Client Users Restore Their Own Mailbox Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
32.6 Recovering Deleted GroupWise Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
33 Retaining User Messages 419
33.1 How Message Retention Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Contents 13
Page 14
33.1.1 What GroupWise Does . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
33.1.2 What the Message Retention Application Does . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
33.2 Acquiring a Message Retention Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
33.3 Enabling Message Retention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
34 Standalone Database Maintenance Programs 423
34.1 GroupWise Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
34.1.1 GWCheck Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
34.1.2 Using GWCheck on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
34.1.3 Using GWCheck on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
34.1.4 Using GWCheck on Macintosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
34.1.5 Performing Mailbox/Library Maintenance Using GWCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
34.1.6 Executing GWCheck from a Windows Batch File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
34.1.7 Executing GWCheck from a Linux Script. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
34.1.8 GWCheck Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
34.2 Target Service Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
34.2.1 GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA) for NetWare 5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
34.2.2 GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW) for NetWare 6.x/OES
and Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
34.3 GroupWise Time Stamp Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
34.3.1 GWTMSTMP Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
34.3.2 Running GWTMSTMP on NetWare. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
34.3.3 Running GWTMSTMP on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
34.3.4 Running GWTMSTMP on Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
34.3.5 GWTMSTMP Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
34.4 GroupWise Database Copy Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
34.4.1 Using DBCopy on NetWare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
34.4.2 Using DBCopy on Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
34.4.3 Using DBCopy on Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
34.4.4 DBCopy Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Part IX Post Office Agent 461
35 Understanding Message Delivery and Storage in the Post Office 463
35.1 Post Office Representation in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
35.2 Post Office Directory Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
35.3 Information Stored in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
35.3.1 Post Office Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
35.3.2 Message Store. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
35.3.3 Guardian Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
35.3.4 Agent Input/Output Queues in the Post Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
35.3.5 Libraries (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
35.4 Post Office Access Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
35.5 Role of the Post Office Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
35.5.1 Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
35.5.2 Message File Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
35.5.3 Other POA Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
35.6 Message Flow in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
35.7 Cross-Platform Issues in the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
35.7.1 Client/Post Office Platform Independence through Browser Technology . . . . . . . . 472
35.7.2 Client/Post Office Platform Independence through Client/Server Mode . . . . . . . . . 472
35.7.3 POA/Post Office Platform Dependencies Because of Direct Access Requirements 472
14 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 15
36 Configuring the POA 475
36.1 Performing Basic POA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
36.1.1 Creating a POA Object in eDirectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
36.1.2 Configuring the POA in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
36.1.3 Changing the Link Protocol between the Post Office and the Domain . . . . . . . . . . 481
36.1.4 Binding the POA to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
36.1.5 Moving the POA to a Different Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
36.1.6 Adjusting the POA for a New Post Office Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
36.1.7 Adjusting the POA Logging Level and Other Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
36.2 Configuring User Access to the Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
36.2.1 Using Client/Server Access to the Post Office. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
36.2.2 Simplifying Client/Server Access with a GroupWise Name Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
36.2.3 Supporting IMAP Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
36.2.4 Supporting SOAP Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
36.2.5 Supporting CAP Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
36.2.6 Checking What GroupWise Clients Are in Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
36.2.7 Supporting Forced Mailbox Caching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
36.2.8 Restricting Message Size between Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
36.3 Configuring Post Office Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
36.3.1 Securing Client/Server Access through a Proxy Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
36.3.2 Controlling Client Redirection Inside and Outside Your Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
36.3.3 Securing the Post Office with SSL Connections to the POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
36.3.4 Providing LDAP Authentication for GroupWise Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
36.3.5 Enabling Intruder Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
36.3.6 Configuring Trusted Application Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
36.4 Configuring Post Office Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
36.4.1 Scheduling Database Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
36.4.2 Scheduling Disk Space Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
36.4.3 Performing Nightly User Upkeep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
37 Monitoring the POA 515
37.1 Using the POA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
37.1.1 Monitoring the POA from the POA Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
37.1.2 Controlling the POA from the POA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
37.2 Using the POA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
37.2.1 Setting Up the POA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
37.2.2 Accessing the POA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
37.2.3 Monitoring the POA from the POA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
37.2.4 Controlling the POA from the POA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
37.3 Using POA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
37.3.1 Configuring POA Log Settings and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
37.3.2 Viewing POA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
37.3.3 Interpreting POA Log File Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
37.4 Using GroupWise Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
37.5 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
37.6 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
37.6.1 Setting Up SNMP Services for the POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
37.6.2 Copying and Compiling the POA MIB File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
37.6.3 Configuring the POA for SNMP Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
37.7 Notifying the GroupWise Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
37.8 Using the POA Error Message Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
37.9 Employing POA Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
37.10 Using Platform-Specific POA Monitoring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Contents 15
Page 16
38 Optimizing the POA 547
38.1 Optimizing Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
38.1.1 Adjusting the Number of POA Threads for Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . 547
38.1.2 Adjusting the Number of Connections for Client/Server Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
38.1.3 Configuring a Dedicated Client/Server POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
38.2 Optimizing Message File Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
38.2.1 Adjusting the Number of POA Threads for Message File Processing . . . . . . . . . . . 552
38.2.2 Configuring a Dedicated Message File Processing POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
38.3 Optimizing Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
38.3.1 Regulating Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
38.3.2 Configuring a Dedicated Indexing POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
38.3.3 Customizing Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
38.4 Optimizing Database Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
38.4.1 Adjusting the Number of POA Threads for Database Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
38.4.2 Configuring a Dedicated Database Maintenance POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
38.5 Optimizing CPU Utilization for the NetWare POA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
39 Using POA Startup Switches 565
39.1 @filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
39.2 /attemptsresetinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
39.3 /cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
39.4 /capmaxthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
39.5 /capport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
39.6 /capssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
39.7 /certfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
39.8 /cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
39.9 /cpu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
39.10 /dn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
39.11 /enforceclientversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
39.12 /evocontrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
39.13 /externalclientssl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
39.14 /gwchkthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
39.15 /gwclientreleasedate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
39.16 /gwclientreleaseversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
39.17 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
39.18 /home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
39.19 /httppassword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
39.20 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
39.21 /httprefresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
39.22 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
39.23 /httpuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
39.24 /imap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
39.25 /imapmaxthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
39.26 /imapreadlimit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
39.27 /imapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
39.28 /imapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
39.29 /imapsslport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
39.30 /incorrectloginattempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
39.31 /internalclientssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
39.32 /intruderlockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
39.33 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
39.34 /keyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
16 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 17
39.35 /keypassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
39.36 /language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
39.37 /ldapdisablepwdchg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
39.38 /ldapipaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
39.39 /ldapippooln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
39.40 /ldappoolresettime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
39.41 /ldapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
39.42 /ldapportpooln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
39.43 /ldappwd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
39.44 /ldapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
39.45 /ldapsslpooln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
39.46 /ldapsslkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
39.47 /ldapsslkeypooln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
39.48 /ldaptimeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
39.49 /ldapuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
39.50 /ldapuserauthmethod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
39.51 /lockoutresetinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
39.52 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
39.53 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
39.54 /logdiskoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
39.55 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
39.56 /logmax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
39.57 /maxappconns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
39.58 /maxphysconns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
39.59 /mtpinipaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
39.60 /mtpinport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
39.61 /mtpoutipaddr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
39.62 /mtpoutport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
39.63 /mtpsendmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
39.64 /mtpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
39.65 /name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
39.66 /noada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
39.67 /nocache. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
39.68 /noconfig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
39.69 /noerrormail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
39.70 /nogwchk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
39.71 /noldapx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
39.72 /nomf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
39.73 /nomfhigh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
39.74 /nomflow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
39.75 /nomtp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
39.76 /nonuu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
39.77 /noqf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
39.78 /nordab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
39.79 /norecover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
39.80 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
39.81 /notcpip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
39.82 /nuuoffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
39.83 /password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
39.84 /port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
39.85 /primingmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
39.86 /qfbaseoffset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Contents 17
Page 18
39.87 /qfbaseoffsetinminute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
39.88 /qfdeleteold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
39.89 /qfinterval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
39.90 /qfintervalinminute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
39.91 /qflevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
39.92 /qfnolibs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
39.93 /qfnopreproc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
39.94 /qfnousers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
39.95 /qfuserfidbeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
39.96 /qfuserfidend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
39.97 /rdaboffset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
39.98 /rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
39.99 --show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
39.100/sleep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
39.101/soap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
39.102/soapmaxthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
39.103/soapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
39.104/soapsizelimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
39.105/soapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
39.106/soapthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
39.107/tcpthreads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
39.108/threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
39.109/user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Part X Message Transfer Agent 603
40 Understanding Message Transfer between Domains and Post Offices 605
40.1 Domain Representation in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
40.2 Domain Directory Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
40.3 Information Stored in the Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
40.3.1 Domain Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
40.3.2 Agent Input/Output Queues in the Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
40.3.3 Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
40.4 Role of the Message Transfer Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
40.5 Link Configuration between Domains and Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
40.6 Message Flow between Domains and Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
40.6.1 Message Flow between Post Offices in the Same Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
40.6.2 Message Flow between Different Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
40.7 Cross-Platform Issues between Domains and Post Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
40.7.1 MTA Platform Dependencies Because of Direct Access Requirements to Post
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
40.7.2 MTA/Post Office Platform Independence through TCP/IP Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
40.7.3 MTA Platform Dependencies Because of Direct Access Requirements to the
Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
40.7.4 MTA/Domain Platform Independence through TCP/IP Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
40.7.5 MTA/Domain Platform Independence through the Transfer Pull Configuration. . . . 611
41 Configuring the MTA 613
41.1 Performing Basic MTA Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
41.1.1 Creating an MTA Object in eDirectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
41.1.2 Configuring the MTA in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
18 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 19
41.1.3 Changing the Link Protocol between Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
41.1.4 Changing the Link Protocol between a Domain and Its Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 622
41.1.5 Binding the MTA to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
41.1.6 Moving the MTA to a Different Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
41.1.7 Adjusting the MTA for a New Location of a Domain or Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
41.1.8 Adjusting the MTA Logging Level and Other Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
41.2 Configuring User Access through the Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
41.2.1 Restricting Message Size between Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
41.2.2 Enabling Live Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
41.2.3 Securing the Domain with SSL Connections to the MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
41.3 Configuring Specialized Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
41.3.1 Using Routing Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
41.3.2 Scheduling Direct Domain Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
41.3.3 Using a Transfer Pull Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
41.4 Configuring Domain Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
41.4.1 Using eDirectory User Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
41.4.2 Enabling MTA Message Logging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
42 Monitoring the MTA 645
42.1 Using the MTA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
42.1.1 Monitoring the MTA from the MTA Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
42.1.2 Controlling the MTA from the MTA Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
42.2 Using the MTA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
42.2.1 Setting Up the MTA Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
42.2.2 Accessing the MTA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
42.2.3 Monitoring the MTA from the MTA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
42.2.4 Controlling the MTA from the MTA Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
42.3 Using MTA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
42.3.1 Configuring MTA Log Settings and Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
42.3.2 Viewing MTA Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
42.3.3 Interpreting MTA Log File Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
42.4 Using GroupWise Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
42.5 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
42.6 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
42.6.1 Setting Up SNMP Services for the MTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
42.6.2 Copying and Compiling the MTA MIB File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
42.6.3 Configuring the MTA for SNMP Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
42.7 Notifying the Domain Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
42.8 Using the MTA Error Message Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
42.9 Employing MTA Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
42.10 Using Platform-Specific MTA Monitoring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
42.11 Using MTA Message Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
43 Optimizing the MTA 675
43.1 Optimizing TCP/IP Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
43.1.1 Adjusting the Number of MTA TCP/IP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
43.1.2 Adjusting the MTA Wait Intervals for Slow TCP/IP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
43.2 Optimizing Mapped/UNC Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
43.2.1 Using TCP/IP Links between Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
43.2.2 Adjusting MTA Polling of Input Queues in the Domain, Post Offices, and
Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
43.2.3 Adjusting the Number of MTA Scanner Threads for the Domain and Post Offices . 678
43.3 Optimizing the Routing Queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
43.3.1 Adjusting the Maximum Number of Active Router Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Contents 19
Page 20
43.3.2 Adjusting the Maximum Number of Idle Router Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
43.4 Adjusting MTA Polling of Closed Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
44 Using MTA Startup Switches 683
44.1 @filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
44.2 /activelog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
44.3 /certfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
44.4 /cyhi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
44.5 /cylo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
44.6 /defaultroutingdomain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
44.7 /dn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
44.8 /fast0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
44.9 /fast4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
44.10 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
44.11 /home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
44.12 /httppassword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
44.13 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
44.14 /httprefresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
44.15 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
44.16 /httpuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
44.17 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
44.18 /keyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
44.19 /keypassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
44.20 /language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
44.21 /liveremote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
44.22 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
44.23 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
44.24 /logdiskoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
44.25 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
44.26 /logmax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
44.27 /lrconn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
44.28 /lrwaitdata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
44.29 /maxidlerouters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
44.30 /maxrouters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
44.31 /messagelogdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
44.32 /messagelogmaxsize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
44.33 /messagelogpath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
44.34 /messagelogsettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
44.35 /msgtranssl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
44.36 /noada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
44.37 /nodns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
44.38 /noerrormail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
44.39 /nondssync . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
44.40 /norecover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
44.41 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
44.42 /password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
44.43 --show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
44.44 /tcpinbound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
44.45 /tcpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
44.46 /tcpwaitconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
44.47 /tcpwaitdata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
20 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 21
44.48 /tracelogin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
44.49 /user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
44.50 /vsnoadm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
44.51 /work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
Part XI Internet Agent 701
45 Configuring Internet Addressing 703
45.1 Planning Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
45.1.1 Internet Agent Requirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
45.1.2 Internet Agents Used for Outbound Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
45.1.3 Internet Domain Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
45.1.4 Preferred Address Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
45.1.5 Allowed Address Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
45.1.6 Override Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
45.2 Setting Up Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
45.2.1 Installing the Internet Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
45.2.2 Enabling Internet Addressing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
45.2.3 Overriding Internet Addressing Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
45.3 Transitioning from SMTP Gateway Aliases to Internet Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
45.3.1 Planning to Migrate Gateway Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
45.3.2 Preparing to Migrate Gateway Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
45.3.3 Performing the Gateway Alias Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
45.3.4 Verifying the Gateway Alias Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
46 Configuring Internet Services 717
46.1 Configuring SMTP/MIME Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
46.1.1 Configuring Basic SMTP/MIME Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
46.1.2 Using Extended SMTP (ESMTP) Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
46.1.3 Configuring How the Internet Agent Handles E-Mail Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
46.1.4 Determining Format Options for Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
46.1.5 Configuring the SMTP Timeout Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
46.1.6 Determining What to Do with Undeliverable Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
46.1.7 Configuring SMTP Dial-Up Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
46.1.8 Enabling SMTP Relaying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
46.1.9 Using a Route Configuration File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
46.1.10 Customizing Delivery Status Notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
46.1.11 Managing MIME Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
46.2 Configuring LDAP Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
46.2.1 Enabling LDAP Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
46.2.2 Configuring Public Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
46.3 Configuring POP3/IMAP4 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
46.3.1 Enabling POP3/IMAP4 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
46.3.2 Configuring Post Office Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
46.3.3 Giving POP3 or IMAP4 Access Rights to Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
46.3.4 Setting Up an E-Mail Client for POP3/IMAP4 Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
46.4 Configuring Paging Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
46.4.1 Setting Up Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
46.4.2 Using Paging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
47 Managing Internet Access 747
47.1 Controlling User Access to the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
47.1.1 Classes of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
Contents 21
Page 22
47.1.2 Creating a Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
47.1.3 Testing Access Control Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
47.1.4 Maintaining the Access Control Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
47.2 Blocking Unwanted E-Mail from the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
47.2.1 Real-Time Blacklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
47.2.2 Access Control Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
47.2.3 Blocked.txt File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
47.2.4 Mailbomb (Spam) Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
47.2.5 Customized Spam Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
47.2.6 SMTP Host Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
47.2.7 Unidentified Host Rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
47.3 Tracking Internet Traffic with Accounting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
47.3.1 Selecting an Accountant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
47.3.2 Enabling Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
47.3.3 Understanding the Accounting File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
48 Configuring the Internet Agent 769
48.1 Changing the Link Protocol between the Internet Agent and the Message Transfer Agent. . 769
48.2 Configuring an Alternate Internet Agent for a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
48.3 Binding the Internet Agent to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 771
48.4 Securing Internet Agent Connections with SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
48.4.1 Defining the Certificate File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
48.4.2 Defining Which Connections Use SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
49 Monitoring the Internet Agent 775
49.1 Using the Internet Agent Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
49.1.1 Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
49.1.2 Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
49.1.3 Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
49.1.4 Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
49.1.5 Menu Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
49.2 Using the Internet Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
49.2.1 Setting Up the Internet Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
49.2.2 Monitoring the Internet Agent at the Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788
49.3 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
49.4 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
49.5 Assigning Operators to Receive Warning and Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
49.6 Using Internet Agent Log Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791
49.6.1 Modifying Log Settings in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792
49.6.2 Modifying Log Settings through Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
49.6.3 Modifying Log Settings through the Internet Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
49.6.4 Viewing Log Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
49.7 Using Internet Agent Error Message Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
49.8 Employing Internet Agent Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
49.9 Stopping the Internet Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
49.9.1 Using the Internet Agent Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
49.9.2 Using a Command at the Command Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 796
49.9.3 Using a Mail Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
49.9.4 Using a Shutdown File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
50 Optimizing the Internet Agent 799
50.1 Relocating the Internet Agent’s Processing Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
50.2 Increasing Internet Agent Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
22 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 23
50.2.1 Sending and Receiving Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
50.2.2 Changing the Maximum Packet Received Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
50.2.3 Increasing Polling Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
50.2.4 Decreasing the Timeout Cycles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
50.3 Automating Reattachment to NetWare Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 802
51 Connecting GroupWise Systems and Domains Using the Internet Agent 805
51.1 Connecting GroupWise Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
51.1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
51.1.2 Creating an External Domain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
51.1.3 Linking to the External Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
51.1.4 Checking the Link Status of the External Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
51.1.5 Sending Messages Between Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
51.1.6 Exchanging Information Between Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
51.2 Linking Domains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
52 Using Internet Agent Startup Switches 813
52.1 How to Use Startup Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
52.1.1 Changing Internet Agent Settings in ConsoleOne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
52.1.2 Modifying the gwia.cfg File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
52.1.3 Editing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
52.2 Alphabetical List of Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
52.3 Required Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
52.3.1 /dhome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
52.3.2 /hn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
52.3.3 /home. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
52.3.4 /user (NetWare Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
52.3.5 /password (NetWare Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
52.4 Console Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
52.4.1 /color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
52.4.2 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
52.4.3 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
52.4.4 /mono. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
52.4.5 --show (Linux Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
52.5 Environment Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
52.5.1 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
52.5.2 /ipa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
52.5.3 /ipp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
52.5.4 /cluster (NetWare Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
52.5.5 /smtphome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
52.5.6 /work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
52.5.7 /nasoq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
52.6 SMTP/MIME Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
52.6.1 SMTP Enabled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
52.6.2 iCal Enabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
52.6.3 Address Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
52.6.4 Message Formatting and Encoding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 831
52.6.5 Forwarded and Deferred Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 834
52.6.6 Extended SMTP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
52.6.7 Send/Receive Cycle and Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835
52.6.8 Dial-Up Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
52.6.9 Timeouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
52.6.10 Relay Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
52.6.11 Host Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
52.6.12 Undeliverable Message Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Contents 23
Page 24
52.6.13 Mailbomb and Spam Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840
52.7 POP3 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
52.7.1 /pop3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
52.7.2 /popintruderdetect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
52.7.3 /popport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
52.7.4 /popsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
52.7.5 /popssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
52.7.6 /pt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
52.7.7 /sslpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
52.8 IMAP4 Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843
52.8.1 /imap4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
52.8.2 /imapport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
52.8.3 /imapreadlimit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
52.8.4 /imapsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
52.8.5 /imapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
52.8.6 /it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
52.8.7 /sslit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
52.9 HTTP (Web Console) Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
52.9.1 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
52.9.2 /httpuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
52.9.3 /httppassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
52.9.4 /httprefresh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
52.9.5 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
52.10 SSL Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
52.10.1 /certfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
52.10.2 /keyfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
52.10.3 /keypasswd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
52.10.4 /smtppssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
52.10.5 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847
52.10.6 /popssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
52.10.7 /imapssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
52.10.8 /ldapssl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
52.11 LDAP Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
52.11.1 GroupWise Authentication Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
52.11.2 LDAP Query Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
52.12 Log File Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
52.12.1 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
52.12.2 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
52.12.3 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
52.12.4 /logmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Part XII WebAccess 853
53 Scaling Your WebAccess Installation 855
53.1 WebAccess Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
53.1.1 Multiple WebAccess Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855
53.1.2 Multiple WebAccess and WebPublisher Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
53.2 Installing Additional WebAccess Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
53.2.1 Installing Additional Components on NetWare or Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
53.2.2 Installing Additional Components on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
53.3 Configuring Redirection and Failover Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
53.3.1 How the WebAccess Application Knows Which WebAccess Agents to Use. . . . . . 861
53.3.2 Synchronizing the Encryption Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 863
53.3.3 Specifying a WebAccess Agent in the WebAccess URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
53.3.4 Assigning a Default WebAccess Agent to a Post Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 865
24 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 25
53.3.5 Assigning a Default WebAccess Agent to a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 866
53.3.6 Adding WebAccess Agents to the GroupWise Service Provider’s List . . . . . . . . . . 867
54 Configuring WebAccess Components 869
54.1 Configuring the WebAccess Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
54.1.1 Modifying WebAccess Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870
54.1.2 Modifying WebPublisher Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 871
54.1.3 Managing Access to Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 873
54.1.4 Securing WebAccess Agent Connections with SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
54.1.5 Changing the WebAccess Agent’s Network Address or Port Numbers. . . . . . . . . . 877
54.1.6 Binding the WebAccess Agent to a Specific IP Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878
54.2 Configuring the WebAccess Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
54.2.1 Modifying the WebAccess Application Environment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879
54.2.2 Adding or Removing Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
54.2.3 Modifying WebAccess Application Template Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
54.2.4 Securing WebAccess Application Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888
54.2.5 Controlling Availability of WebAccess Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890
54.3 Configuring the Novell Speller Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892
54.4 Configuring the WebPublisher Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 894
54.4.1 Modifying the WebPublisher Application Environment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 895
54.4.2 Adding or Removing Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 896
54.4.3 Modifying WebPublisher Application Template Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
54.4.4 Controlling Availability of WebPublisher Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
54.5 Configuring the GroupWise Service Provider. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
54.6 Configuring the LDAP Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
54.7 Configuring the GroupWise Document Service Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
54.8 Configuring the Document Viewer Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
54.8.1 Viewer Agent Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
54.8.2 Document Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910
54.8.3 Document Quarantine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
54.8.4 Document Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
54.8.5 Agent Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
54.8.6 Agent Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
54.8.7 Client/Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 912
54.9 Enabling Web Server Data Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
54.9.1 Apache 2 on NetWare 6.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913
54.9.2 Apache 2 on Open Enterprise Server (OES) Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
54.9.3 Apache 2 on SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
54.9.4 Microsoft Internet Information Server (IIS) on Windows 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
55 Managing User Access 915
55.1 Controlling User Access to Mailboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
55.1.1 Class Membership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 915
55.1.2 Creating a Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 916
55.1.3 Adding Users to a Class of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
55.1.4 Maintaining the Access Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 918
55.2 Setting the Timeout Interval for Inactive Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920
55.3 Configuring User Access to WebAccess Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
55.4 Customizing the WebAccess Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924
56 Monitoring WebAccess Operations 925
56.1 Monitoring the WebAccess Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
56.1.1 Using the WebAccess Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
Contents 25
Page 26
56.1.2 Using the WebAccess Agent Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929
56.1.3 Using Novell Remote Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
56.1.4 Using an SNMP Management Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
56.1.5 Assigning Operators to Receive Warning and Error Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 932
56.1.6 Using WebAccess Agent Error Message Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933
56.1.7 Employing WebAccess Agent Troubleshooting Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
56.2 Monitoring the WebAccess Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
56.2.1 Enabling the WebAccess Application Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 934
56.2.2 Using the WebAccess Application Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
56.3 Monitoring the Document Viewer Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
56.3.1 Using the Document Viewer Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
56.3.2 Using the Document Viewer Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
56.4 Using WebAccess Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
56.4.1 Controlling WebAccess Agent Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 937
56.4.2 Controlling WebAccess Application Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 941
56.4.3 Controlling Document Viewer Agent Logging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
56.4.4 Viewing WebAccess Log Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 943
56.4.5 Interpreting WebAccess Log File Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 944
57 Using WebAccess Startup Switches 945
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
57.1 WebAccess Agent Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
57.1.1 @filename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 946
57.1.2 /cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947
57.1.3 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 947
57.1.4 /home (Required). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
57.1.5 /http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
57.1.6 /httppassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
57.1.7 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
57.1.8 /httpuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949
57.1.9 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949
57.1.10 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 949
57.1.11 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
57.1.12 /logdiskon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
57.1.13 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 950
57.1.14 /logmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
57.1.15 /maxusers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
57.1.16 /password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
57.1.17 /port-number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
57.1.18 --show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
57.1.19 /threads-number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
57.1.20 /user. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 952
57.1.21 /work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
57.2 Document Viewer Agent Startup Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 953
57.2.1 /addrspacename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
57.2.2 /cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
57.2.3 /domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
57.2.4 /email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
57.2.5 /hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
57.2.6 /http . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 955
57.2.7 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
57.2.8 /httppw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
57.2.9 /httpuser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 956
57.2.10 /ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
57.2.11 /lang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
57.2.12 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 957
57.2.13 /logdays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
57.2.14 /loglevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
26 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 27
57.2.15 /logmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
57.2.16 /maxcache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
57.2.17 /maxhold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
57.2.18 /maxprobtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
57.2.19 /maxsize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 959
57.2.20 /maxtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
57.2.21 /maxtrancache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
57.2.22 /maxtrantime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
57.2.23 /maxworkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 960
57.2.24 /minworkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
57.2.25 /port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
57.2.26 /relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
57.2.27 /temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 962
Part XIII Monitor 963
58 Understanding the Monitor Agent Consoles 965
58.1 Monitor Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
58.2 Monitor Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 965
58.3 Monitor Web Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 966
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
59 Configuring the Monitor Agent 969
59.1 Selecting Agents to Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
59.1.1 Filtering the Agent List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 970
59.1.2 Adding All Agents on a Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
59.1.3 Adding All Agents on a Subnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 971
59.1.4 Adding an Individual Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
59.1.5 Removing Added Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 972
59.2 Creating and Managing Agent Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
59.2.1 Creating an Agent Group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
59.2.2 Managing Agent Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
59.2.3 Viewing Your Agent Group Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 974
59.2.4 Configuring an Agent Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
59.3 Configuring Monitoring Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
59.3.1 Configuring the Monitor Agent for HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 975
59.3.2 Configuring the Monitor Agent for SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 977
59.4 Configuring Polling of Monitored Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978
59.5 Configuring E-Mail Notification for Agent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
59.5.1 Configuring E-Mail Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
59.5.2 Customizing Notification Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 981
59.6 Configuring Audible Notification for Agent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
59.7 Configuring SNMP Trap Notification for Agent Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984
59.8 Configuring Authentication and Intruder Lockout for the Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . 985
59.9 Configuring Monitor Agent Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 986
59.10 Configuring Proxy Service Support for the Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
59.11 Monitoring Messenger Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 988
59.12 Supporting the GroupWise High Availability Service on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 989
60 Configuring the Monitor Application 991
60.1 Modifying Monitor Application Environment Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 991
60.2 Modifying Monitor Application Log Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992
60.3 Adding or Removing Service Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 994
Contents 27
Page 28
60.4 Modifying Monitor Application Template Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 995
61 Using GroupWise Monitor 997
61.1 Using the Monitor Agent Server Console. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997
61.1.1 Viewing All Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
61.1.2 Viewing Problem Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998
61.1.3 Viewing an Agent Server Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999
61.1.4 Viewing an Agent Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
61.1.5 Polling the Agents for Updated Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000
61.2 Using the Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
61.3 Generating Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
61.3.1 Link Trace Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
61.3.2 Link Configuration Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
61.3.3 Image Map Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004
61.3.4 Environment Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
61.3.5 User Traffic Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1009
61.3.6 Link Traffic Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
61.3.7 Message Tracking Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
61.3.8 Performance Tracking Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
61.3.9 Connected User Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
61.3.10 Gateway Accounting Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
61.3.11 Trends Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
61.3.12 Down Time Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
61.4 Measuring Agent Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
61.4.1 Setting Up an External Monitor Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1012
61.4.2 Selecting an MTA to Communicate with the Monitor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013
61.4.3 Configuring the Monitor Agent for Agent Performance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014
61.4.4 Viewing Agent Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014
61.4.5 Viewing an Agent Performance Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
61.4.6 Receiving Notification of Agent Performance Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
61.5 Collecting Gateway Accounting Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
61.5.1 Setting Up an External Monitor Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1015
61.5.2 Selecting an MTA to Communicate with the Monitor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
61.5.3 Setting Up an External Post Office and External User for Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
61.5.4 Receiving the Accounting Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1017
61.5.5 Viewing the Gateway Accounting Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
61.6 Assigning Responsibility for Specific Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
61.7 Searching for Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1019
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
62 Comparing the Monitor Consoles 1021
63 Using Monitor Agent Switches 1023
63.1 /hapassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
63.2 /hapoll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1024
63.3 /hauser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
63.4 /help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
63.5 /home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1025
63.6 /httpagentpassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
63.7 /httpagentuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
63.8 /httpcertfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1026
63.9 /httpmonpassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
63.10 /httpmonuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
63.11 /httpport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
28 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 29
63.12 /httpssl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
63.13 /ipa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
63.14 /ipp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1028
63.15 /lang . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
63.16 /log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1029
63.17 /monwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
63.18 /nmaddress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
63.19 /nmhome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031
63.20 /nmpassword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031
63.21 /nmuser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031
63.22 /nosnmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1031
63.23 /pollthreads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
63.24 /proxy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
63.25 /tcpwaitconnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1032
Part XIV Client 1033
64 Setting Up GroupWise Modes and Accounts 1035
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
64.1 GroupWise Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
64.1.1 Online Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
64.1.2 Caching Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1035
64.1.3 Remote Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037
64.2 Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
64.2.1 Accounts Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1042
64.2.2 Enabling POP3, IMAP4, and NNTP Account Access in Online Mode . . . . . . . . . . 1042
65 Setting Defaults for the GroupWise Client Options 1045
65.1 Client Options Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045
65.2 Setting Client Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1049
65.2.1 Modifying Environment Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050
65.2.2 Modifying Send Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062
65.2.3 Modifying Security Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1073
65.2.4 Modifying Date and Time Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1076
65.3 Resetting Client Options to Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
66 Distributing the GroupWise Client 1081
66.1 Using GroupWise AutoUpdate and SetupIP to Distribute the GroupWise Windows Client . 1081
66.1.1 Preparing to Use AutoUpdate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082
66.1.2 Using the Setup Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
66.1.3 Modifying the Setup Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085
66.1.4 Adding LDAP Directory Service Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1091
66.1.5 Testing Your AutoUpdate Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1092
66.1.6 Enabling AutoUpdate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1093
66.1.7 Modifying the addon.cfg File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1094
66.1.8 Error Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095
66.2 Using ZENworks Desktop Management to Distribute the GroupWise Windows Client . . . . 1095
66.2.1 Creating a GroupWise Client Application Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1096
66.2.2 Using GroupWise 7 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099
66.2.3 Configuring ZENworks to Use a Transform File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
66.3 Using Novell ZENworks Linux Management to Distribute the GroupWise Cross-Platform
Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1101
Contents 29
Page 30
67 Supporting the GroupWise Client in Multiple Languages 1103
67.1 Providing the GroupWise Client Software in Multiple Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
67.2 Providing Post Office Support for Multiple Languages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
68 Tools for Analyzing and Correcting GroupWise Client Problems 1105
68.1 GroupWise Exception Handler for the Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
68.2 GroupWise Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105
68.2.1 Enabling GroupWise Check in the Windows Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
68.2.2 Using GroupWise Check with the Cross-Platform Client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1106
69 Startup Switches for the GroupWise Client 1107
69.1 /@u-? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
69.2 /@u-user_ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
69.3 /bl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
69.4 /c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
69.5 /cm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
69.6 /iabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
69.7 /ipa-IP_address_or_hostname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1108
69.8 /ipp-port_number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
69.9 /l-xx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1109
69.10 /la-network_ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
69.11 /nu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
69.12 /ph-pathname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
69.13 /pc-path_to_caching_mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
69.14 /pr-path_to_remote_mailbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110
69.15 -ui=xxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1111
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Part XV Security Administration 1113
70 GroupWise Passwords 1115
70.1 Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
70.1.1 Using Post Office Security Instead of GroupWise Passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
70.1.2 Requiring GroupWise Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116
70.1.3 Managing GroupWise Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1116
70.1.4 Using LDAP Passwords Instead of GroupWise Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1118
70.1.5 Bypassing Mailbox Passwords to Respond to Corporate Mandates . . . . . . . . . . . 1118
70.2 Agent Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
70.2.1 Facilitating Access to Remote Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
70.2.2 Facilitating Access to eDirectory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
70.2.3 Protecting the Agent Web Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
70.2.4 Protecting the GroupWise Monitor Web Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120
71 Encryption and Certificates 1121
71.1 Personal Digital Certificates, Digital Signatures,
and S/MIME Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1121
71.2 Server Certificates and SSL Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
71.2.1 Generating a Certificate Signing Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1123
71.2.2 Using a GWCSRGEN Configuration File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1124
71.2.3 Submitting the Certificate Signing Request to a Certificate Authority . . . . . . . . . . 1125
30 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 31
71.2.4 Creating Your Own Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
71.2.5 Installing the Certificate on the Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128
71.2.6 Configuring the Agents to Use SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1128
71.3 Trusted Root Certificates and LDAP Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
72 LDAP Directories 1131
72.1 Accessing Public LDAP Directories from GroupWise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
72.2 Offering the GroupWise Address Book as an LDAP Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
72.3 Authenticating to GroupWise with Passwords Stored in an LDAP Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . 1131
72.3.1 Access Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132
72.3.2 LDAP Username . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132
72.4 Accessing S/MIME Certificates in an LDAP Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132
73 Message Security 1135
74 Address Book Security 1137
74.1 eDirectory Information Displayed in the Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
74.2 Suppressing the Contents of the User Description Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
74.3 Controlling GroupWise Object Visibility in the Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
74.4 Controlling GroupWise Object Visibility between GroupWise Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1138
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
75 GroupWise Administrator Rights 1139
75.1 Setting Up a GroupWise Administrator as an Admin Equivalent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139
75.2 Assigning Rights Based on Administration Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139
75.2.1 File System Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140
75.2.2 eDirectory Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1140
75.2.3 Common Types of GroupWise Administrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1144
75.3 eDirectory Object and Properties Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1147
75.4 Granting or Removing Object and Property Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1150
76 GroupWise Agent Rights 1151
77 GroupWise User Rights 1153
77.1 eDirectory Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153
77.1.1 Configuring ConsoleOne to Automatically Set eDirectory Rights When Creating User
Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153
77.1.2 Manually Granting eDirectory Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1154
77.2 File System Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1155
77.2.1 Granting File System Rights to the Post Office Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156
77.2.2 Granting File System Rights to the Software Distribution Directory. . . . . . . . . . . . 1157
77.2.3 Granting File System Rights to the Mailbox Backup Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1158
78 Spam Protection 1159
78.1 Configuring the Internet Agent for Spam Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159
78.2 Configuring the GroupWise Client for Spam Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1159
Contents 31
Page 32
79 Virus Protection 1161
Part XVI Security Policies 1163
80 Securing GroupWise Data 1165
80.1 Limiting Physical Access to GroupWise Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165
80.2 Securing File System Access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165
80.3 Securing Domains and Post Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165
81 Securing GroupWise Agents 1167
81.1 Setting Up SSL Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
81.2 Protecting Agent Web Consoles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
81.3 Protecting Agent Startup and Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1167
81.4 Protecting Agent Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1168
81.5 Protecting Agent Processes on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169
81.6 Protecting Trusted Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
82 Securing GroupWise System Access 1171
82.1 Using a Proxy Server with Client/Server Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171
82.2 Using LDAP Authentication for GroupWise Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171
82.3 Managing Mailbox Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1171
82.4 Enabling Intruder Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172
83 Secure Migrations 1173
83.1 GroupWise Server Migration Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
83.1.1 Source Server Credentials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
83.1.2 Destination Server root Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
83.1.3 Agent Startup Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1173
Part XVII Documentation Updates 1175
A March 14, 2008 (GroupWise 7 SP3) 1177
B April 16, 2007 (GroupWise 7 SP 2) 1181
C September 29, 2006 1183
D June 15, 2006 (GroupWise 7 SP 1) 1185
E November 30, 2005 1191
32 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 33
About This Guide
This Novell® GroupWise® 7 Administration Guide helps you maintain all components of your GroupWise system. The guide is divided into the following sections:
“System” on page 35
“Domains” on page 109
“Post Offices” on page 153
“Users” on page 201
“Resources” on page 247
“Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles” on page 261
“Libraries and Documents” on page 291
“Databases” on page 371
“Post Office Agent” on page 461
“Message Transfer Agent” on page 603
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
“Internet Agent” on page 701
“WebAccess” on page 853
“Monitor” on page 963
“Client” on page 1033
“Security Administration” on page 1113
“Security Policies” on page 1163
“Documentation Updates” on page 1175
Audience
This guide is intended for those who administer a GroupWise system on NetWare, Linux, or Windows. Some background knowledge of the host operating system is assumed.
Feedback
We want to hear your comments and suggestions about this manual and the other documentation included with this product. Please use the User Comment feature at the bottom of each page of the online documentation, or go to www.novell.com/documentation/feedback.html and enter your comments there.
Documentation Updates
For the most recent version of the GroupWise 7 Administration Guide, visit the Novell GroupWise 7
documentation Web site (http://www.novell.com/documentation/gw7).
About This Guide 33
Page 34
Additional Documentation
For additional GroupWise documentation, see the following guides at the Novell GroupWise 7
documentation Web site (http://www.novell.com/documentation/gw7):
Installation Guide
Multi-System Administration Guide
Interoperability Guide
Troubleshooting Guides
GroupWise Client User Guides
GroupWise Client Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Documentation Conventions
In Novell documentation, a greater-than symbol (>) is used to separate actions within a step and items in a cross-reference path.
A trademark symbol (®, TM, etc.) denotes a Novell trademark. An asterisk denotes a third-party trademark.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
When a single pathname can be written with a backslash for some platforms or a forward slash for other platforms, the pathname is presented with a backslash. Users of platforms that require a forward slash, such as Linux*, should use forward slashes as required by your software.
When a startup switch can be written with a forward slash for some platforms or a double hyphen for other platforms, the startup switch is presented with a forward slash. Users of platforms that require a double hyphen, such as Linux, should use double hyphens as required by your software.
34 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 35
I
System
Chapter 1, “GroupWise System Administration,” on page 37
Chapter 2, “ConsoleOne Administration Tool,” on page 39
Chapter 3, “GroupWise View,” on page 43
Chapter 4, “GroupWise System Operations,” on page 51
Chapter 5, “GroupWise Utilities,” on page 73
Chapter 6, “GroupWise Address Book,” on page 85
Chapter 7, “Multilingual GroupWise Systems,” on page 105
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
SystemI35
Page 36
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
36 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 37
1
GroupWise System Administration
As a GroupWise® system administrator, it is your responsibility to keep your GroupWise system running smoothly for your GroupWise users. This GroupWise 7 Administration Guide provides a wealth of information to help you accomplish this task. This System section provides an overview of the GroupWise administration tool, ConsoleOne tasks that affect your GroupWise system as a whole and provides links to more specialized instructions.
The following sections of the Administration Guide detail the eDirectory GroupWise information is stored. Instructions are provided for creating and managing all GroupWise object types.
“Domains” on page 109
“Post Offices” on page 153
“Users” on page 201
“Resources” on page 247
®
, and its capabilities. It summarizes administrative
TM
objects where
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
1
“Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles” on page 261
“Libraries and Documents” on page 291
The following sections of the Administration Guide detail the GroupWise software components that make your GroupWise system run. Instructions are provided for configuring, monitoring, and optimizing each software component.
“Post Office Agent” on page 461
“Message Transfer Agent” on page 603
“Internet Agent” on page 701
“WebAccess” on page 853
“Monitor” on page 963
The following additional sections of the Administration Guide provide supporting details and background information:
“Databases” on page 371
“Client” on page 1033
“Security Administration” on page 1113
“Security Policies” on page 1163
GroupWise System Administration
37
Page 38
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
38 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 39
2
ConsoleOne Administration Tool
GroupWise® is administered using ConsoleOne®, a Java*-based tool for managing your network and its resources. When you create your GroupWise system, GroupWise snap-ins are added to your ConsoleOne installation and GroupWise objects are created in Novell manage your GroupWise system, you use ConsoleOne to create additional GroupWise objects, modify GroupWise object properties, and so on.
IMPORTANT: Because the GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne are required in order to work with GroupWise objects, you cannot use other network management tools, such as Novell iManager, to administer your GroupWise system. Also, you should not use older network management tools, such as NetWare includes legacy gateways that require such tools to administer the corresponding Gateway objects and their properties.
Because GroupWise is a cross-platform product, you might have components of your GroupWise system located on NetWare servers, Linux servers, and Windows* servers. You can run ConsoleOne on Windows or Linux to manage GroupWise domains and post offices located on any of these platforms. However, using Windows ConsoleOne to administer domains and post offices on NetWare and Windows servers, and using Linux ConsoleOne to administer domain and post offices on Linux servers is highly recommended to avoid potential cross-platform file access issues.
®
Administrator, to administer your GroupWise system, unless your GroupWise system
®
eDirectoryTM. As you
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
2
Section 2.1, “ConsoleOne on Windows,” on page 39
Section 2.2, “ConsoleOne on Linux,” on page 40
Section 2.3, “ConsoleOne in a Multiple-Platform Environment,” on page 41
NOTE: For a GroupWise system on NetWare, you cannot run ConsoleOne to administer GroupWise at the NetWare server console. The GroupWise Administrator snap-ins to ConsoleOne do not run in that environment.
2.1 ConsoleOne on Windows
You can run ConsoleOne on Windows on any Windows machine that meets the requirements listed in “GroupWise Administration Requirements” in the GroupWise 7 Installation Guide.
Section 2.1.1, “Installing ConsoleOne on Windows,” on page 39
Section 2.1.2, “Starting ConsoleOne on Windows,” on page 40
2.1.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Windows
When you create your initial GroupWise system using the GroupWise Installation program (install.exe) on Windows, the GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne are installed to the ConsoleOne installation on that machine. If necessary, you can install ConsoleOne itself to the machine where you are running the GroupWise Installation program. You are also given the opportunity to copy the GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne into a GroupWise software distribution directory for later use.
ConsoleOne Administration Tool
39
Page 40
After you have set up your GroupWise system, you can use the GroupWise Installation program to install ConsoleOne and the GroupWise snap-ins from the GroupWise 7 Administrator for NetWare/ Windows CD or you can run admin\install.exe to install the snap-ins from the software distribution directory to additional locations as needed.
2.1.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Windows
When you install ConsoleOne, a ConsoleOne icon is automatically created on your Windows desktop for starting ConsoleOne.
Before you start ConsoleOne, turn off file caching in the Novell Client to protect database integrity.
1 Right-click the red N in the notification area, then click Novell Client Properties.
2 Click Advanced Settings, select File Caching, then select Off.
3 Click OK to save your change.
2.2 ConsoleOne on Linux
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
You can run ConsoleOne on Linux on any Linux machine that meets the requirements listed in “GroupWise Administration Requirements” in the GroupWise 7 Installation Guide.
Section 2.2.1, “Installing ConsoleOne on Linux,” on page 40
Section 2.2.2, “Starting ConsoleOne on Linux,” on page 41
2.2.1 Installing ConsoleOne on Linux
When you create your initial GroupWise system using the GroupWise Installation program (install) on Linux, ConsoleOne should already be installed before you begin. If you are running Novell Open Enterprise Server Linux, you can install ConsoleOne from YaST using Software > Install and Remove Software. Linux ConsoleOne is also available on the Novell Downloads page
(http://download.novell.com/index.jsp).
After ConsoleOne is installed, the GroupWise Installation program on Linux installs the GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne to the ConsoleOne installation on that machine. You are also given the opportunity to copy the GroupWise Administration RPM into a GroupWise software distribution directory for later use.
After you have set up your GroupWise system, you can use the GroupWise Installation program to install the GroupWise snap-ins from the GroupWise 7 Administrator for Linux CD or you can install the GroupWise Administration RPM from the admin subdirectory of the software distribution directory to install the snap-ins to additional locations as needed.
ConsoleOne and the GroupWise Administrator snap-ins should be installed on each Linux server where a domain is located. For some administration tasks, ConsoleOne on the primary domain server needs to have secondary domain servers mounted. Depending on how you organize your GroupWise administration, you might also want to mount the primary domain server to each secondary domain server. Administrative messages can flow from one secondary domain to another through the primary domain.
40 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 41
2.2.2 Starting ConsoleOne on Linux
1 In a terminal window, become root by entering sux and the root password.
The sux command enables the X Window System*, which is required for running ConsoleOne.
2 Enter the following command:
/usr/ConsoleOne/bin/ConsoleOne
2.3 ConsoleOne in a Multiple-Platform Environment
If your GroupWise system includes multiple platforms, you can administer Linux domains from Windows ConsoleOne or you can administer NetWare or Windows domains from Linux ConsoleOne. The cross-platform connections required for cross-platform GroupWise administration are described in the following sections of “Migration” in the GroupWise 7 Installation Guide:
Using Windows ConsoleOne to Access Domains and Post Offices on Linux
Using Linux ConsoleOne to Access Domains and Post Offices on NetWare or Windows
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
ConsoleOne Administration Tool 41
Page 42
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
42 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 43
3
GroupWise View
When administering GroupWise® in ConsoleOne®, you can use the standard Novell® eDirectoryTM View or you can use the GroupWise View. The following sections discuss the GroupWise View and how to use it:
Section 3.1, “eDirectory View vs. GroupWise View,” on page 43
Section 3.2, “GroupWise Object Icons,” on page 44
Section 3.3, “Customizing the GroupWise View,” on page 46
Section 3.4, “Searching in the GroupWise View,” on page 48
Section 3.5, “Performing Administrative Tasks from the GroupWise View,” on page 48
NOTE: The ConsoleOne illustrations used in the guide show ConsoleOne on Windows. ConsoleOne on Linux appears different but provides substantially the same functionality.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3
3.1 eDirectory View vs. GroupWise View
The eDirectory View displays the GroupWise objects in their contexts in the eDirectory tree, as shown in the following example.
Figure 3-1 eDirectory View
The GroupWise View filters out all non-GroupWise objects and shows how the GroupWise objects relate to each other in the GroupWise system, as shown in the following example.
GroupWise View
43
Page 44
Figure 3-2 GroupWise View
In the left pane, all Domain objects are displayed under the GroupWise system, and all Post Office objects are subordinate to the domains where they reside. You can select the GroupWise system, a domain, or a post office in the left pane and then use the drop-down list of GroupWise objects on the toolbar to display associated objects (Users, Resources, Message Transfer Agents, and so on) in the right pane. In the above example, the GroupWise System is selected in the left pane and the GroupWise Object list is set to Users, so the right pane is displaying all users in the entire GroupWise system.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3.2 GroupWise Object Icons
The following table lists all the GroupWise objects that are displayed in the eDirectory View or GroupWise View in ConsoleOne.
Table 3-1 Object Icons
Icon GroupWise Object Additional Information
GroupWise System Represents the GroupWise system you are currently connected
to. The GroupWise system’s name is displayed in the lower left corner of the ConsoleOne window.
Primary Domain Represents the system’s primary domain. To ensure
consistency, all replication of GroupWise information to the GroupWise domain and post office databases takes place through the primary domain. For additional information, see
Part II, “Domains,” on page 109.
Secondary Domain Represents any additional domains, other than the primary,
created in the GroupWise system. For additional information, see Part II, “Domains,” on page 109.
Current Domain Represents the domain to which ConsoleOne is currently
connected. For information about changing the current domain, see Section 9.1, “Connecting to a Domain,” on page 127.
44 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 45
Icon GroupWise Object Additional Information
External Domain Represents a domain from another GroupWise system.
Non-GroupWise Domain Represents all or part of a non-GroupWise system.
Post Office Represents a collection of user accounts (mailboxes). For
additional information, see Part III, “Post Offices,” on page 153.
External Post Office Represents a post office in an external GroupWise system or a
non-GroupWise system.
User Represents an eDirectory user who has been given a
GroupWise account in a post office. For additional information, see Part IV, “Users,” on page 201.
External Entity Represents a user not listed in eDirectory who has been given a
GroupWise account in a post office. For additional information, see Part IV, “Users,” on page 201.
External User Represents a user in an external GroupWise system or a non-
GroupWise system.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Resource Represents a conference room or some other resource that can
be scheduled by users. For additional information, see Part V,
“Resources,” on page 247.
External Resource Represents a resource that belongs to an external GroupWise
system or a non-GroupWise system.
Distribution List Represents a group of users or resources that can all be
addressed by using the distribution list’s name. For additional information, see Part VI, “Distribution Lists, Groups, and
Organizational Roles,” on page 261.
Group Represents an eDirectory group. eDirectory groups, like
distribution lists, can be addressed by using the group’s name. Any members of the group who have GroupWise accounts receive the message. For additional information, see Part VI,
“Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles,” on page 261.
Organizational Role Represents an eDirectory organizational role. eDirectory
organizational roles, like distribution lists, can be addressed by using the organizational role’s name. Any members of the role who have GroupWise accounts receive the message. For additional information, see Part VI, “Distribution Lists, Groups,
and Organizational Roles,” on page 261.
Library Represents a collection of documents. For additional
information, see Chapter 21, “Document Management Services
Overview,” on page 293.
Nickname Represents an additional address associated with a user,
resource, or distribution list. For additional information, see
Part IV, “Users,” on page 201, Part V, “Resources,” on page 247, or Part VI, “Distribution Lists, Groups, and Organizational Roles,” on page 261.
Message Transfer Agent Represents a Message Transfer Agent (MTA) associated with a
domain. For additional information, see Part X, “Message
Transfer Agent,” on page 603.
GroupWise View 45
Page 46
Icon GroupWise Object Additional Information
Post Office Agent Represents a Post Office Agent (POA) associated with a post
office. For additional information, see Part IX, “Post Office
Agent,” on page 461.
Gateway Represents a method of linking to another e-mail system or
transport. For additional information, see the GroupWise
gateway guides (http://www.novell.com/documentation/ gwgateways).
3.3 Customizing the GroupWise View
You can change the column display, order, and width to customize the GroupWise View.
Changes are preserved from one ConsoleOne session to the next. In addition, your last view is persistent from session to session. For example, if you last used the Distribution Lists view, the next time you start ConsoleOne and open the GroupWise View, the Distribution Lists view is displayed. If the last-used view is not applicable (for example, you had the Gateways view open and when the new ConsoleOne session starts you select a Post Office object), the GroupWise View defaults to the Users view.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Section 3.3.1, “Changing the Column Display and Order,” on page 46
Section 3.3.2, “Changing the Column Widths,” on page 47
3.3.1 Changing the Column Display and Order
For each view (Users, Distribution Lists, Gateways, Post Offices, and so forth), you can determine which columns are displayed and the order in which they are displayed.
1 Select GroupWise System in the left (tree) pane, then select the view (for example, Users).
2 If you are changing the Users view, use the drop-down list to select how you want to sort users
(ID Sort, User Name Sort, First Name Sort, or Last Name Sort).
46 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 47
The Users view allows you to sort by ID, user name, first name, or last name. Each of these is treated as a separate Users view for which you can determine the column display and order. The views for different objects offer different sort options.
3 Click View > Edit Columns to display the Select GroupWise View Columns dialog box.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4 To add a column, select the column in the Available Fields list, then click the left-arrow to add
it to the Selected Columns list.
5 To determine the display order, select a column in the Selected Columns list, then click the up-
arrow and down-arrow to move it to the desired position.
6 To remove a column, select the column in the Selected Columns list, then click the right-arrow
to add it to the Available Fields list.
7 When you are finished, click OK to save your changes.
3.3.2 Changing the Column Widths
You can change column widths in a view by dragging the right or left edge of the column label.
GroupWise View 47
Page 48
3.4 Searching in the GroupWise View
You can search for a specific entry in a view. The search is performed on the first column. For example, if the Resources view is displayed, you can search for a specific resource based on its object ID. If the Users view (with Last Name Sort selected) is displayed, you can search for a specific user based on the user’s last name.
With the Users view, if you have First Name Sort or Last Name Sort selected, you can search for a complete user name (both first and last name) by using a comma as a delimiter between the names. A space after the comma is optional.
For example, if the Users view displays first names in the first column and last names in the second column, you can type John,Smith to go directly to that user name. If the columns were reversed, you could use Smith,John.
To perform a search:
1 Change to the view you want to search.
2 Select the first entry in the view.
3 Type the text to search for.
As you type text, a text box appears in the lower right corner of the GroupWise View.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3.5 Performing Administrative Tasks from the GroupWise View
You can perform many GroupWise administrative tasks from the GroupWise View as well as from the eDirectory View. For example, you can:
Create new objects.
Modify the properties of an object.
Move, rename, or delete an object from the GroupWise system.
Use the GroupWise utilities, system operations, and diagnostic options on the Tools menu.
In addition, external objects must be created and managed in the GroupWise View because they are, by definition, external to eDirectory and have no eDirectory context. For example, if you install the
48 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 49
GroupWise Internet Agent and want to simplify addressing for your users by adding the Internet as a non-GroupWise domain, you must perform the task in the GroupWise View.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
GroupWise View 49
Page 50
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
50 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 51
4
GroupWise System Operations
The GroupWise® system operations in ConsoleOne® allow you to perform various tasks to maintain and optimize your GroupWise system. The following sections provide information about the system operations included on the Tool s menu (To ols > GroupWise System Operations):
Section 4.1, “Select Domain,” on page 51
Section 4.2, “System Preferences,” on page 53
Section 4.3, “eDirectory User Synchronization,” on page 59
Section 4.4, “Admin-Defined Fields,” on page 60
Section 4.5, “Pending Operations,” on page 60
Section 4.6, “Addressing Rules,” on page 61
Section 4.7, “Time Zones,” on page 61
Section 4.8, “External System Synchronization,” on page 64
Section 4.9, “Software Directory Management,” on page 64
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4
Section 4.10, “Restore Area Management,” on page 69
Section 4.11, “Internet Addressing,” on page 69
Section 4.12, “Trusted Applications,” on page 69
Section 4.13, “LDAP Servers,” on page 71
Section 4.14, “Global Signatures,” on page 71
NOTE: If the majority of the items on the GroupWise System Operations menu are dimmed, you are connected to a secondary domain in a GroupWise system where Restrict System Operations to Primary Domain has been selected under System Preferences. For more information, see
Section 4.2, “System Preferences,” on page 53.
4.1 Select Domain
By default, ConsoleOne must be connected to a GroupWise domain in order for you to administer your GroupWise system. Being connected to a GroupWise domain ensures that information is replicated not only in Novell databases.
You can be connected to any domain in the GroupWise system. As shown in the following example, the domain to which you are connected is indicated by a plug on the domain’s icon. In addition, the connected domain is listed at the bottom of the ConsoleOne window.
®
eDirectoryTM but also in the GroupWise domain and post office
GroupWise System Operations
51
Page 52
Figure 4-1 ConsoleOne Window Showing the Domain You Are Connected To
Some administrative tasks require you to be connected to a specific domain but others do not. In general, operations that create new GroupWise container objects or delete GroupWise container objects require you to be connected to the domain where the object resides. Operations that add or delete leaf object or modify the properties of an existing object do not require you to be connected to the object’s domain.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
To change the domain to which you are connected:
1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Select Domain.
2 Browse to and select the domain directory, then click OK to connect to the domain.
NOTE: You can also connect to a domain by right-clicking the domain in the GroupWise View and clicking Connect.
Being connected to a domain means that ConsoleOne has write access to the domain database (wpdomain.db). How the write access is achieved depends on the platform where you are running ConsoleOne and the platform where the domain is located.
52 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 53
Table 4-1 Domain Connection Options
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
ConsoleOne Platform
Windows ConsoleOne
Linux ConsoleOne
Domain Platform Connection Options
NetWare server Mapped drive
Linux server Samba mount where the path to the domain on the Linux server is
prefixed by the Linux server hostname from the point of view of ConsoleOne
Windows server Local drive
Mapped drive
NetWare server File system mount where the mount point directory matches the
NetWare server hostname and volume name
Linux server Local directory
Mounted file system where the mount point directory matches the domain directory on the mounted file system
Windows server Mounted file system where the mount point directory matches the
Windows server hostname and share
The database location is stored internally in UNC path format (\\server\volume\directory) but is displayed on the Domain object Identification page in ConsoleOne based on the platform of ConsoleOne and the database location.
Table 4-2 Database Locations
ConsoleOne Platform
Windows ConsoleOne
Linux ConsoleOne
Domain Platform Database Location
NetWare server \\NetWare_server\volume\domain_directory
Linux server \\Linux_server\domain_directory
Windows server \\Windows_server\share\domain_directory
NetWare server /mnt/NetWare_server/volume/domain_directory
Linux server /domain_directory
Windows server /mnt/Windows_server/share/domain_directory
When you click Connect, ConsoleOne uses the domain’s UNC path to automatically connect you to the correct domain if possible; otherwise, you must manually browse to and select the domain database in order to connect to the domain.
4.2 System Preferences
You can use the GroupWise system preferences to configure the defaults for various GroupWise system settings.
To change the system preferences:
GroupWise System Operations 53
Page 54
1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > System Preferences.
The GroupWise System Preferences dialog box contains the following tabs:
Admin Preferences: Controls how rights are assigned and what network ID format is used
when creating new GroupWise users. By default, rights are assigned automatically and the fully distinguished name format is used.
Routing Options: Controls default message routing for your GroupWise system. By
default, no routing domain is assigned.
External Access Rights: Controls the access that users on external GroupWise systems
have to your GroupWise users’ information. By default, Busy Search and status tracking information is not returned to users on external GroupWise systems.
Nickname Settings: Controls what happens when you move a user from one post office to
another. By default, nicknames representing old addresses are not automatically created when users are moved.
Default Password: Assigns a default password for new GroupWise user accounts. By
default, you must manually assign a password for each GroupWise account you create.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Admin Lockout Settings: Controls access to the GroupWise administration functions in
ConsoleOne. By default, there are no restrictions.
Linux Settings (Linux ConsoleOne Only): Establishes the mount directory where
ConsoleOne can find mounted file systems where domains and post offices are located.
2 Change the system preferences as needed.
3 Click OK to save the changes.
4.2.1 Admin Preferences
1 Click the Admin Preferences tab to modify any of the following options:
54 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 55
Set Access Rights Automatically: Users require specific eDirectory and file system rights in order to use GroupWise (see Chapter 77, “GroupWise User Rights,” on page 1153). Select this option to automatically grant these rights when creating a GroupWise account for users.
Appropriate eDirectory object rights enable the GroupWise client to log in to the user’s post office without prompting the user for the post office location (IP address, UNC path, or mapped drive.)
Appropriate file system rights enable the GroupWise client to directly access the post office directory rather than use client/server access.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
When Creating or Modifying Objects, For Network ID Use: Select Full Distinguished
®
Name (for example, paul.engineering.ny) when users’ mailboxes reside on a NetWare
4.1x or
later server and users have an eDirectory connection to the server where the post office resides.
Select Common Name (for example, paul) under the following circumstances:
The users’ mailboxes reside on a NetWare 3.1 server.
The users’ mailboxes reside on a NetWare 4.1x server but users have a bindery emulation
connection to the server where the post office resides.
Users’ GroupWise IDs are different from their NetWare IDs.
Display Identity Manager (DirXML) Warnings: The Identity Manager Driver for GroupWise provides data integration between GroupWise users and groups in eDirectory. For example, you can have an e-mail account automatically created as soon as an employee is hired. The same driver can also disable an e-mail account when a user is no longer active.
If you are using the Identity Manager Driver for GroupWise, some GroupWise operations that you perform in ConsoleOne require you to take preliminary actions with the driver. For example, if you recover a deleted account, you need to stop the driver before recovering the account and restart it after the operation is complete.
This option enables you to receive a warning message whenever you perform a GroupWise operation in ConsoleOne that is affected by the Identity Manager driver. The warning message includes instructions about the actions you need to take with the driver before continuing with the GroupWise operation. If you are using the Identity Manager Driver for GroupWise, we strongly recommend that you enable this option. If you are not using the driver, you can disable the option to avoid receiving unnecessary messages.
For more information, see “GroupWise DirXML Driver for Novell Identity Manager” in the
GroupWise 7 Interoperability Guide.
2 Click OK to save the changes.
4.2.2 Routing Options
1 Click the Routing Options tab to modify any of the following options:
GroupWise System Operations 55
Page 56
Default Routing Domain: If a domain’s MTA cannot resolve a message’s address, the message is routed to this default domain’s MTA. The default domain’s MTA can then be configured to handle the undeliverable messages. This might involve routing the message to another GroupWise domain or to an Internet address (by performing a DNS lookup). Browse to and select the GroupWise domain you want to use as the default routing domain.
Force All Messages to this Domain: This option applies only if you select a default routing domain. Select this option to force all messages to be routed through the default routing domain regardless of the links you have configured for your GroupWise system’s domains.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
MTAs Send Directly to Other GroupWise Systems: Select this option if you want all MTAs in your GroupWise system to perform DNS lookups and route messages out across the Internet. If you deselect this option, you can designate individual MTAs to perform DNS lookups and route messages to the Internet. For more information, see “Using Dynamic Internet Links” in “Connecting to GroupWise 5.x, 6.x, and 7.x Systems” in the GroupWise 7 Multi-System
Administration Guide.
2 Click OK to save the changes.
4.2.3 External Access Rights
1 Click the External Access Rights tab to modify any of the following options:
Allow External Busy Search: Select this option to enable users in other GroupWise systems to perform Busy Searches on your GroupWise users’ Calendars.
Allow External Status Tracking: Select this option to enable users in other GroupWise systems to receive message status information (such as whether a message has been delivered, opened, and so on) when messages arrive in your GroupWise system.
2 Click OK to save the changes.
56 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 57
4.2.4 Nickname Settings
1 Click the Nickname Settings tab to modify any of the following options:
Auto-Create on User Move: A nickname is an alternative address that can be associated with a user. Whenever you move a user, GroupWise can automatically create a nickname with the user’s old name and old post office. This enables messages sent to the old name to be automatically forwarded to the user’s new address. Select whether or not you want GroupWise to never create nicknames, always create nicknames, or prompt you during the move process.:
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Expire After: This option applies only if you selected Always or Prompt. If you want the nickname to be automatically removed after a period of time, specify the time period (in days). Valid values range from 1 to 365 days. A setting of 0 indicates that the nickname will not be automatically removed after the specified time period.
2 Click OK to save the changes.
4.2.5 Default Password
1 Click the Default Password tab to modify any of the following options:
Default Password for New Users: Specify the default password you want assigned to new GroupWise user accounts.
2 Click OK to save the changes.
4.2.6 Admin Lockout Settings
1 Click the Admin Lockout Settings tab to modify any of the following options:
GroupWise System Operations 57
Page 58
Restrict System Operations to Primary Domain: Enable this option to allow an administrator to perform system operations (Too ls > GroupWise System Operations) only when he or she is connected to the primary domain. All operations except Select Domain, Pending Operations, and Restore Area Management are unavailable when connected to a secondary domain.
Lock Out Older GroupWise Administration Snap-Ins: Enable this option to prevent administrators from using older GroupWise ConsoleOne snap-ins for accessing GroupWise objects in eDirectory. You can override these system lockout settings for individual domains (Domain object > GroupWise > Admin Lockout Settings).
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
There are four GroupWise snap-ins to ConsoleOne, one for general administration, one for Internet Agent administration, and two for WebAccess administration. The ability to lock out older GroupWise snap-ins starts with GroupWise 6.5.
In the Minimum Snap-In Release Version (x.x.x) field, specify the version number of the oldest GroupWise snap-ins that can be used to administer your GroupWise system.
In the Minimum Snap-in Release Date field, select the date of the oldest GroupWise snap-ins that can be used to administer your GroupWise system.
You can specify the minimum version, the minimum date, or both. If you specify both minimums, any administrator using snap-ins that are older than both minimums cannot use the GroupWise snap-ins. However, such an administrator can still run ConsoleOne for other purposes but must update the GroupWise snap-ins before GroupWise administration features are available again.
NOTE: Default admin lockout settings can be overridden on individual domains as needed.
2 Click OK to save the changes.
4.2.7 Linux Settings (Linux ConsoleOne Only)
1 On Linux, click the Linux Settings tab to specify the mount directory.
58 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 59
Mount Directory: Specify the mount directory where ConsoleOne can find mounted file systems where domains and post offices are located.
GroupWise databases can be located on Linux servers, NetWare servers, or Windows servers. In the Linux mount directory, you create directories that have the same names as the servers that are mounted to those mount points. You do this for each server where a domain or post office is located that you want to access from ConsoleOne. The following table illustrates the correspondence between UNC paths and mount point directories for GroupWise database locations on Linux, NetWare, and Windows, assuming the typical mount point directory of / mnt:
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Platform GroupWise Domain UNC Path
Linux \\Linux_server\GW_partition\domain_directory /mnt/Linux_server/
NetWare \\NetWare_server\GW_volume\domain_directory /mnt/
Windows \\Windows_server\GW_share\domain_directory /mnt/
Corresponding Linux Mount Point
GW_partition
NetWare_server/ GW_volume
Windows_server/ GW_share
GroupWise administrators can have different mount points depending on the workstation or server where they are running ConsoleOne. The mount directory information is stored in a user-specific preferences file (.consoleone/SnapinPrefs.ser in each GroupWise administrator’s home directory).
2 Click OK to save the changes.
4.3 eDirectory User Synchronization
For user information to be displayed in the GroupWise Address Book, it must be stored not only in eDirectory but also in the GroupWise domain and post office databases. If you add or modify user information using an installation of ConsoleOne with the GroupWise Administrator snap-in, the GroupWise Administrator snap-in adds the user information to the GroupWise databases. However, if you add or modify user information using a ConsoleOne installation that is not running the GroupWise Administrator snap-in, the user information is not changed in the GroupWise databases. This is also true if you add or modify user information using Novell iManager or older administration tools such as NetWare Administrator.
GroupWise System Operations 59
Page 60
To ensure that the user information stored in the GroupWise databases is always synchronized with the user information in eDirectory, you can set up eDirectory user synchronization. For detailed information see Section 41.4.1, “Using eDirectory User Synchronization,” on page 638.
4.4 Admin-Defined Fields
eDirectory includes user information that is not associated to GroupWise user fields. For example, a User object includes Postal Address fields named City, State, and Zip Code. By default, these fields are not displayed in the GroupWise Address Book. However, you can use the Admin-Defined Fields feature to map eDirectory user fields to GroupWise fields so that they can be displayed in the GroupWise Address Book. For instructions, see Section 6.1.1, “Adding eDirectory Fields to the
Address Book,” on page 86.
4.5 Pending Operations
Pending operations are the results of administrative operations, such as adding GroupWise objects and modifying GroupWise object properties, that have not yet been permanently written to the appropriate GroupWise databases. While operations are pending, GroupWise data is not in a consistent state.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
For example, you can maintain any domain’s objects you have administrative rights over. However, because a secondary domain owns its own objects, any operation you perform from the primary domain on a secondary domain’s objects must be validated by the secondary domain. While the operation is being validated, the Pending Operations dialog box displays object details and the pending operation.
While the operation is pending, the object is marked Unsafe in the primary domain database. The Operation field in the dialog box displays the pending operation. An unsafe object can have other operations performed on it, such as being added to a distribution list; however, the object record is not distributed to other domains and post offices in the system until it is marked Safe.
All pending operations require confirmation that the operation was either successfully performed or could not be performed. If the operation was successful, the pending operation is removed from the list, the record is marked in the database as Safe, and the record is distributed to all other domains and post offices in your system. If the operation could not be performed, the pending operation remains in the list where you can monitor and manage it.
1 In ConsoleOne, connect to the domain whose pending operations you want to view, as
described in Section 4.1, “Select Domain,” on page 51.
2 Make sure the agents are running for the domain and/or post office where you are checking for
pending operations
3 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Pending Operations.
While an operation is being validated, the Pending Operations dialog box displays the object and the operation waiting completion and confirmation.
4 For more detailed information, select the pending operation, then click View.
5 If conditions on the network have changed so that a pending operation might now succeed,
select the pending operation, then click Retry.
6 If you want to cancel a pending operating that has not yet taken place, select the pending
operation, then click Undo.
60 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 61
4.6 Addressing Rules
You can use the Addressing Rules feature to configure GroupWise so that users can enter shortened forms of e-mail addresses. For more information, see Section 6.8, “Facilitating Addressing through
GroupWise Gateways,” on page 100.
4.7 Time Zones
When you create a domain or post office, you select the time zone in which it is located. This ensures that GroupWise users in other time zones receive Calendar events and tracking information adjusted for local time.
The time zone list includes predefined definitions for each time zone. Most time zones include multiple definitions to account for different locations within the time zone. Each time zone definition allows you to specify the Daylight Saving Time dates and bias (1 hour, 30 minutes, etc.).
You can modify existing time zone definitions, add new definitions, or delete definitions.
Section 4.7.1, “Modifying a Time Zone Definition,” on page 61
Section 4.7.2, “Adding a Time Zone Definition,” on page 62
Section 4.7.3, “Deleting a Time Zone Definition,” on page 63
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4.7.1 Modifying a Time Zone Definition
1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Time Z ones.
2 Select the time zone to modify, then click Edit to display the Edit Time Zone dialog box.
GroupWise System Operations 61
Page 62
3 Modify any of the following fields:
Time Zone Name: Provide a name for the time zone definition (for example, some of the major cities in the time zone). We suggest you include a reference (+ or -) to GMT, for example (GMT-07:00). The time zone list is sorted by the GMT offset.
Offset from GMT: Specify the hours and minutes that the time zone is offset from Greenwich Mean Time. The offset from GMT keeps your different locations synchronized. For example, if a conference call is scheduled for 4:00 p.m. June 1 in Salt Lake City, the call would appear on a schedule in Adelaide at 8:30 a.m. June 2. If you are in the western hemisphere (west of the Greenwich Meridian and east of the International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is negative (-). If you are in the eastern hemisphere (east of the Greenwich meridian and west of the International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is positive.
Abbreviation: Specify an abbreviation for the time zone. For example, the abbreviation for Atlantic Standard Time could be AST; the abbreviation for Atlantic Daylight Time could be ADT.
Observe Daylight Saving Time: If the time zone observes daylight saving time, click the Observe Daylight Saving Time box, then fill out the remaining fields:
Start Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time starts.
Last Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time ends.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Bias: Select the number of hours and minutes that the clock changes at the daylight saving
time start day, such as1 hour or 1 hour 30 minutes.
4 Click OK to save the changes.
4.7.2 Adding a Time Zone Definition
1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Time Z ones.
2 Click Add to display the Add Time Zone dialog box.
62 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 63
3 Fill in the following fields:
Time Zone Name: Provide a name for the time zone definition (for example, some of the major cities in the time zone). We suggest you include a reference (+ or -) to GMT, for example (GMT-07:00). The time zone list is sorted by the GMT offset.
Offset from GMT: Specify the hours and minutes that the time zone is offset from Greenwich Mean Time. The offset from GMT keeps your different locations synchronized. For example, if a conference call is scheduled for 4:00 p.m. June 1 in Salt Lake City, the call would appear on a schedule in Adelaide at 8:30 a.m. June 2. If you are in the western hemisphere (west of the Greenwich Meridian and east of the International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is negative (-). If you are in the eastern hemisphere (east of the Greenwich meridian and west of the International Date Line) be sure the hour offset is positive.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Abbreviation: Specify an abbreviation for the time zone. For example, the abbreviation for Atlantic Standard Time could be AST; the abbreviation for Atlantic Daylight Time could be ADT.
Observe Daylight Saving Time: If the time zone observes daylight saving time, click the Observe Daylight Saving Time box, then fill out the remaining fields:
Start Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time starts.
Last Day: Select the day and time that daylight saving time ends.
Bias: Select the number of hours and minutes that the clock changes at the daylight saving
time start day, such as1 hour or 1 hour 30 minutes.
4 Click OK to add the definition to the time zone list.
4.7.3 Deleting a Time Zone Definition
When you delete a time zone from the list, you can no longer select it for a domain or post office.
1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Time Z ones.
GroupWise System Operations 63
Page 64
2 Select the time zone to remove from the list, click Delete, then click Yes to confirm the deletion.
4.8 External System Synchronization
The External System Synchronization feature lets you automatically synchronize information between your system and an external GroupWise system connected to your system. For information about connecting GroupWise systems and keeping information synchronized between them, see “Connecting to GroupWise 5.x, 6.x, and 7.x Systems” in the GroupWise 7 Multi-System
Administration Guide.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4.9 Software Directory Management
The Software Directory Management feature lets you manage GroupWise software distribution directories. A software distribution directory is simply an image of the GroupWise CDs located on a network server. Diagrams of the contents of software distribution directories are provided in “Directory Structure Diagrams” in GroupWise 7 Troubleshooting 3: Message Flow and Directory
Structure:
NetWare/Windows Software Distribution Directory
Linux Software Distribution Directory
From this network location, you can distribute the GroupWise client software to users or install additional GroupWise software such as the Message Transfer Agent, Post Office Agent, Internet Agent, WebAccess, and Monitor.
When you install GroupWise, one software distribution directory is created automatically. Using Software Directory Management, you can create additional software distribution directories, update existing software distribution directories, or delete existing software distribution directories. A single software distribution directory can service multiple post offices and can contain software for multiple platforms.
The preferred configuration is to create a software distribution directory on each server where one or more post offices are located. When you use this configuration, the POA for a post office does not need to access a remote server when performing Windows client software updates, as described in
Section 66.1, “Using GroupWise AutoUpdate and SetupIP to Distribute the GroupWise Windows Client,” on page 1081.
Section 4.9.1, “Creating a Software Distribution Directory,” on page 65
64 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 65
Section 4.9.2, “Updating a Software Distribution Directory,” on page 67
Section 4.9.3, “Deleting a Software Distribution Directory,” on page 68
4.9.1 Creating a Software Distribution Directory
1 Make sure the directory you want to use as the software distribution directory exists.
All distribution subdirectories (admin, agents, client, and so forth) will be created under this directory.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Software Directory Management to display the
Software Distribution Directory Management dialog box.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
The Software Distribution Directories list includes all software distribution directories defined in your GroupWise system.
3 Click Create to display the Create Software Distribution Directory dialog box.
4 Fill in the following fields:
Name: Specify a name to identify the software distribution directory within your GroupWise system. For example, whenever you create a post office, you associate it with a software distribution directory. The software distribution directory’s name, not its location, appears in
GroupWise System Operations 65
Page 66
the list of directories from which you can select. The name can include any characters; there are no restrictions.
Description: Specify an optional description for the software distribution directory. You might want to use this description to indicate the software version or to give other pertinent information.
Location: Specify the location where you want to create the software distribution directory. If you specify a path to a directory that does not exist, ConsoleOne creates the directory for you.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
NetWare and Windows:
Linux: In the Linux Path field, specify the location where you want to create a software
Macintosh: The AppleTalk Path field is used only if you are still running the GroupWise 5.2
In the UNC Path field, specify the location where you want to create a software distribution directory based on the GroupWise 7 Administrator and Client (NetWare/ Windows) CDs. The Windows client checks this location for software updates.
distribution directory based on the GroupWise 7 Administrator and Client (Linux) CDs. The Cross-Platform client checks this location for software updates for both the Linux and Macintosh versions of the Cross-Platform client.
Macintosh client.
You can fill in more than one field in order to distribute software for multiple platforms from a single software distribution directory.
Copy Software From: Select this option to copy GroupWise software to the new directory, then choose from the following source locations:
Software Distribution Directory: If you want to copy software from an existing
software distribution directory, select this option, then select the software distribution directory. All directories are copied.
Path: If you want to copy software from a location that is not defined as a software
distribution directory in your GroupWise system (such as the GroupWise CDs), select this option, then browse for and select the correct path.
5 Click OK to create the software distribution directory and add it to the list.
6 Click Close to exit the dialog box.
Each time it starts, the POA checks to make sure it can access all of the software distribution directories in the list. If it encounters a problem accessing any software distribution directory, the
66 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 67
POA notifies you of the problem through the POA agent console and the POA log file. This helps ensure that each software distribution directory is always available.
4.9.2 Updating a Software Distribution Directory
1 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Software Directory Management to display the
Software Distribution Directory Management dialog box.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
The Software Distribution Directories list includes all software distribution directories defined in your GroupWise system.
2 Select the software distribution directory to update, then click Update to display the Update
Software Distribution Directory dialog box.
3 Fill in the following fields:
Update by Copying From: Select this option, then choose from the following source locations:
Software Distribution Directory: If you want to copy software from an existing software
distribution directory, select this option, then select the software distribution directory. All files and subdirectories are copied.
Path: If you want to copy software from a location, that is not defined as a software
distribution directory in your GroupWise system (such as the GroupWise CDs), select this option, then browse for and select the correct path.
Force Auto-Update Check by GroupWise Components: This option causes the GroupWise Post Office Agent (in client/server access mode) or the GroupWise client (in direct access mode) to check the software distribution directory for a new version of the GroupWise client; if a new version is found, the next time a user starts the GroupWise client, he or she is prompted to update the client software.
GroupWise System Operations 67
Page 68
The Force Auto-Update Check by GroupWise Components option is automatically selected when you select the Update by Copying From option. If you don’t select the Update by Copying From option, you can still select this option and then click OK. This forces an auto- update check of the client software version, but the software distribution directory’s files are not updated.
To determine the current client software version in ConsoleOne, click Too ls > GroupWise Diagnostics > Record Enumerations to display a list of record types in the domain database. From the drop-down list, select Areas by ID, select a software distribution directory, then click
Info to list detailed information about the software distribution directory. Check the Software Version field to determine the GroupWise client software version.
4 Click OK to update the directory’s software.
4.9.3 Deleting a Software Distribution Directory
When you delete a software distribution directory, the directory is removed from the file system and no longer appears in the list of software distribution directories.
To delete a software distribution directory:
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
1 Make sure that no post offices still have the software distribution directory assigned to them.
If you try to delete a software distribution directory that is still in use, an error notifies you. The software distribution directory is assigned on the Post Office Settings property page of each Post Office object.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Software Directory Management to display the
Software Distribution Directory Management dialog box.
The Software Distribution Directories list includes all software distribution directories defined in your GroupWise system.
3 Select the directory to delete, click Delete, then click Yes to confirm the deletion.
4.10 Restore Area Management
A restore area is a location you designate to hold a backup copy of a post office so that you or GroupWise users can access it to retrieve mailbox items that are unavailable in your live GroupWise system. The Restore Area Management feature lets you manage your GroupWise system’s restore areas.
68 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 69
Detailed information for using restore areas is provided in Section 32.5, “Restoring Deleted Mailbox
Items,” on page 413. Information about backing up post offices is provided in Section 31.2, “Backing Up a Post Office,” on page 407.
4.11 Internet Addressing
By default, GroupWise uses a proprietary address format consisting of a user’s ID, post office, and domain (userID.post_office.domain). After you install the GroupWise Internet Agent, you can configure your GroupWise system to handle one or more formats of Internet e-mail addresses. For setup instructions, see Chapter 45, “Configuring Internet Addressing,” on page 703
4.12 Trusted Applications
Trusted applications are third-party programs that can authenticate to Post Office Agents (POAs) and Internet Agents in order to access GroupWise mailboxes without needing personal user passwords. Trusted applications might perform such services as message retention or synchronization with mobile devices. The Trusted Application feature in ConsoleOne allows you to configure and delete trusted applications that are in use in your GroupWise system.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Section 4.12.1, “Creating a Key for a Trusted Application,” on page 69
Section 4.12.2, “Configuring a Trusted Application,” on page 69
Section 4.12.3, “Deleting a Trusted Application,” on page 71
For security guidelines for managing trusted applications, see Section 81.6, “Protecting Trusted
Applications,” on page 1169.
4.12.1 Creating a Key for a Trusted Application
For information about creating and installing trusted applications, see GroupWise Trusted
Application API (http://developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/ GroupWise_Trusted_Application_API) at the Novell Developer Kit Web site (http:// developer.novell.com/wiki/index.php/Category:Novell_Developer_Kit).
When a trusted application is created by a third party, the application must create a key that the application uses to authenticate to the GroupWise system. Although the trusted application itself can run on NetWare, Linux, or Windows, creating the trusted application key must currently take place on Windows. Creating the key causes the trusted application to be listed in ConsoleOne.
4.12.2 Configuring a Trusted Application
By default, a trusted application can authenticate to your GroupWise system from any network address. For tighter security, you can specify a particular IP address or DNS hostname from which the trusted application is allowed to authenticate. In addition, you can require a secure SSL connected, as needed.
1 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Trusted Applications to display the Configure
Trusted Applications dialog box.
GroupWise System Operations 69
Page 70
2 In the Trusted Applications list, select the application you want to edit, then click Edit.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3 Modify any of the following fields:
Name: This field displays the trusted application’s name. You cannot change the name. It is provided by the third-party program.
Description: Specify a description for the trusted application.
Requires SSL: Select this option to require a secure SSL connection between the trusted
application and POAs and Internet Agents.
Provides Message Retention Service: Select this option if the purpose of the trusted application is to retain GroupWise user messages by copying them from GroupWise mailboxes (user databases) into another storage medium.
Turning on this option only defines the trusted application as a Message Retention Service application. In order for GroupWise mailboxes to support message retention, you must turn on the Enable Message Retention Service option in the GroupWise Client Options (Tools menu> GroupWise Utilities> Client Options > Environment > Retention). You can enable individual mailboxes, all mailboxes in a post office, or all mailboxes in a domain by selecting the appropriate object (User, Post Office, or Domain) before selecting GroupWise Client Options. For more information, see Chapter 65, “Setting Defaults for the GroupWise Client Options,” on
page 1045.
For information about the complete process required to use a trusted application for message retention, see Chapter 33, “Retaining User Messages,” on page 419.
TCP/IP Address: If you want to restrict the location from which the trusted application can authenticate to your GroupWise system, specify the network address of the server where the application runs. In the TCP/IP Address field, click Edit, then specify the IP address or DNS hostname of the trusted application’s server.
If you want to allow the trusted application to authenticate from any server, do not specify an IP address or DNS hostname.
For information about how the POA handles trusted application processing of message files, see
Section 36.3.6, “Configuring Trusted Application Support,” on page 507.
70 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 71
4.12.3 Deleting a Trusted Application
1 Click Too ls > GroupWise System Operations > Trusted Applications to display the Configure
Trusted Applications dialog box.
2 In the Trusted Applications list, select the application you want to delete, click Delete, then
click Yes to confirm the deletion.
4.13 LDAP Servers
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
The LDAP Servers feature lets you define the LDAP servers you want to use for LDAP authentication to GroupWise mailboxes.
For information about defining LDAP servers, see “Providing LDAP Server Configuration
Information” on page 501.
For information about using LDAP for user authentication to GroupWise mailboxes, see “Providing
LDAP Authentication for GroupWise Users” on page 501.
4.14 Global Signatures
You can build a list of globally available signatures that can be automatically appended to messages sent by GroupWise client users. The global signature is appended to messages after any personal signatures that users create for themselves. For setup instructions, see Section 14.3, “Adding a
Global Signature to Users’ Messages,” on page 219.
GroupWise System Operations 71
Page 72
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
72 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 73
5
GroupWise Utilities
The GroupWise® utilities in ConsoleOne® are used to perform various maintenance and configuration tasks for your GroupWise system. The following sections provide information about the system utilities included on the To ol s menu (Tool s > GroupWise System Utilities):
Section 5.1, “Mailbox/Library Maintenance,” on page 73
Section 5.2, “System Maintenance,” on page 74
Section 5.3, “Backup/Restore Mailbox,” on page 74
Section 5.4, “Recover Deleted Account,” on page 74
Section 5.5, “Client Options,” on page 74
Section 5.6, “Expired Records,” on page 74
Section 5.7, “Email Address Lookup,” on page 75
Section 5.8, “Synchronize,” on page 75
Section 5.9, “User Move Status,” on page 75
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
5
Section 5.10, “Link Configuration,” on page 75
Section 5.11, “Document Properties Maintenance,” on page 76
Section 5.12, “Import/Export,” on page 76
Section 5.13, “New System,” on page 76
Section 5.14, “Check eDirectory Schema,” on page 76
Section 5.15, “Gateway Alias Migration,” on page 77
Section 5.16, “GW / eDirectory Association,” on page 77
Section 5.17, “Standalone GroupWise Utilities,” on page 82
In addition to the system utilities included on the Tools menu in ConsoleOne, GroupWise includes the following standalone utilities:
Section 5.17.1, “GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck),” on page 82
Section 5.17.2, “GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA),” on page 82
Section 5.17.3, “GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW),” on page 82
Section 5.17.4, “GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP),” on page 83
Section 5.17.5, “GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY),” on page 83
Section 5.17.6, “GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN),” on page 83
5.1 Mailbox/Library Maintenance
You can use the Mailbox/Library Maintenance utility to check the integrity of and repair user/ resource, message, and library databases, and to free disk space in post offices.
For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 27, “Maintaining User/Resource and Message
Databases,” on page 385, Chapter 28, “Maintaining Library Databases and Documents,” on page 391, and Chapter 30, “Managing Database Disk Space,” on page 399.
GroupWise Utilities
73
Page 74
5.2 System Maintenance
You can use the System Maintenance utility to check the integrity of and repair domain and post office databases.
For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 26, “Maintaining Domain and Post Office
Databases,” on page 377.
5.3 Backup/Restore Mailbox
You can use the Backup/Restore Mailbox utility to restore an individual user’s Mailbox items from a backup copy of the post office database.
For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 32, “Restoring GroupWise Databases from
Backup,” on page 411.
5.4 Recover Deleted Account
If you have a reliable backup procedure in place, you can use the Recover Deleted Account utility to restore recently deleted user and resource accounts from the backup version of the GroupWise primary domain database. After the account has been re-created, you can then restore the corresponding mailbox and its contents to complete the process. Membership in distribution lists and ownership of resources must be manually re-established.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
For complete instructions, see Section 32.6, “Recovering Deleted GroupWise Accounts,” on
page 416.
5.5 Client Options
You can use the Client Options utility to set the default options (preferences) for the GroupWise client. You can set options at the domain, post office, or user level. Options set at the domain level apply to all users in the domain, and options set at the post office level apply to all users in the post office. If you don’t want users to change options, you can lock the options.
NOTE: The GroupWise Cross-Platform client does not yet support all of the client options that can be set in ConsoleOne.
For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 65, “Setting Defaults for the GroupWise
Client Options,” on page 1045.
5.6 Expired Records
You can use the Expired Records utility to view and manage the GroupWise user accounts that have an expiration date assigned to them.
For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 14.10, “Removing GroupWise Accounts,” on
page 241.
74 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 75
5.7 Email Address Lookup
You can use the Email Address Lookup utility to search for the GroupWise object (User, Resource, Distribution List) that an e-mail address is associated with. You can then view the object’s information. For more information, see Section 14.7.1, “Ensuring Unique E-Mail Addresses,” on
page 236.
5.8 Synchronize
GroupWise automatically replicates information (domain, post office, user, resource, and so forth) to all domain and post office databases throughout your GroupWise system. This ensures that the information in each database is synchronized.
Situations might occur, however, that result in information not being replicated to all domain and post office databases. If you think that some information has not been replicated correctly, you can cause the information to be replicated again so that it becomes synchronized throughout your entire GroupWise system. For example, if you notice that a user’s information is incorrect in the Address Book, you can synchronize that user’s eDirectory replicated to all domain and post office databases again.
TM
User object so that his or her information is
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 29, “Synchronizing Database Information,”
on page 395.
5.9 User Move Status
You can use the User Move Status utility to track progress as you move users from one post office to another. Using the User Move Status utility, you can:
List users that are currently being moved and filter the list by domain, post office, and object.
View the current status of the move for each object and see any errors that have occurred.
Immediately retry a move where some of the information on the user inventory list failed to
arrive at the destination post office. By default, the POA retries automatically every 12 hours for seven days to move all the information included on the user inventory list.
Stop the POA from continuing its automatic retries.
Restart (from the beginning) a move that has stopped before successful completion.
Refresh the list to display current move status and clear completed moves from the list.
For more information, see Section 14.4.7, “Monitoring User Move Status,” on page 228.
5.10 Link Configuration
GroupWise domains and post offices must be properly linked in order for messages to flow throughout your GroupWise system. You can use the Link Configuration utility to ensure that your domains and post offices are properly linked and to optimize the links if necessary. For detailed information and instructions, see Chapter 10, “Managing the Links between Domains and Post
Offices,” on page 137.
GroupWise Utilities 75
Page 76
5.11 Document Properties Maintenance
Each document stored in the GroupWise Document Management Services (DMS) has properties associated with it. These properties identify the document, determine its disposition (archive, delete, keep), set its level of security, and provide information for locating it in searches. Certain document properties are standard in GroupWise. You can also customize DMS for your organization by defining additional properties. For detailed information and instructions, see Section 23.2.1,
“Customizing Document Properties,” on page 338.
NOTE: On Linux, Document properties maintenance is not available in ConsoleOne.
5.12 Import/Export
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
The GroupWise Import utility reads an ASCII-delimited text file created by the GroupWise Export utility or by a third-party export, and creates Novell attributes from the file. The Import utility supports most eDirectory classes (including extensions) and GroupWise classes. You can specify the delimiters, eDirectory contexts, and file field positions to use during import. For instructions, see Section 13.2.4, “Creating GroupWise Accounts by
Importing Users,” on page 209.
NOTE: On Linux, the Import/Export utility is not available for use in ConsoleOne.
®
eDirectory and GroupWise objects with
5.13 New System
You can use the New System utility to create a new GroupWise system.
The process for creating a new GroupWise system is similar to the process of creating your initial GroupWise system (see “Installing a Basic GroupWise System” in the GroupWise 7 Installation
Guide), except that you don’t install the software from the GroupWise CDs. Instead, during creation
of the new system, you are asked to specify an existing software distribution directory to use in the new system. If you don’t want to share software distribution directories between systems, you should create a new distribution directory. For information about creating software distribution directories, see Section 4.9, “Software Directory Management,” on page 64.
5.14 Check eDirectory Schema
GroupWise systems include GroupWise-specific objects that are not available in eDirectory until the eDirectory schema for the tree has been extended for these objects. Schema extension takes place automatically when you create a GroupWise system using the GroupWise Setup Advisor. You can check an eDirectory tree to determine whether its schema has been extended for GroupWise.
1 In ConsoleOne, select a tree to check.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > Check eDirectory Schema.
If the eDirectory tree has not yet been extended for GroupWise, the eDirectory Schema Extension dialog box lists the changes that are required for GroupWise.
76 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 77
3 Click Yes to extend the schema for GroupWise so that you can create GroupWise objects in the
selected tree.
or
Click No if you decide you do not want to be able to create GroupWise objects in the selected tree.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
If the schema of the tree has already been extended for GroupWise objects, a message notifies you of this and you can immediately create new GroupWise objects in the selected tree.
5.15 Gateway Alias Migration
If you have been using SMTP gateway aliases to handle e-mail addresses that do not fit the default format expected by the Internet Agent or to customize users’ Internet addresses, the Gateway Alias Migration utility can convert the usernames in those gateway aliases into preferred e-mail IDs. The Preferred E-Mail ID feature was first introduced in GroupWise 6.5 and is the suggested method for overriding the current e-mail address format, as described in Section 14.7.2, “Changing a User’s
Internet Addressing Settings,” on page 236. The Gateway Alias Migration utility can also update
users’ preferred Internet domain names based on their existing gateway aliases.
For usage instructions, see Section 45.3, “Transitioning from SMTP Gateway Aliases to Internet
Addressing,” on page 713.
5.16 GW / eDirectory Association
The GW / eDirectory Association menu includes the following options:
Section 5.16.1, “Graft GroupWise Objects,” on page 78
Section 5.16.2, “Invalid Associations,” on page 78
Section 5.16.3, “Associate Objects,” on page 80
Section 5.16.4, “Disassociate GroupWise Attributes,” on page 81
Section 5.16.5, “Convert External Entity to User,” on page 81
Section 5.16.6, “Convert User to External Entity,” on page 82
GroupWise Utilities 77
Page 78
5.16.1 Graft GroupWise Objects
You can use the Graft GroupWise Objects utility to create GroupWise objects in the eDirectory tree from the information in your GroupWise domain database. The utility creates Domain, Post Office, and Gateway objects as well as User, Resource, and Distribution List objects. When grafting GroupWise user information from the GroupWise database into eDirectory, you can match the GroupWise user information to an existing User object, or you can create a new eDirectory External Entity object and convert it into an eDirectory User object, as described in Section 5.16.5, “Convert
External Entity to User,” on page 81.
Grafting GroupWise objects from the GroupWise database into eDirectory can be useful in the following situations:
The GroupWise database includes information that is not included in eDirectory.
You want to move GroupWise information (domains, post offices, gateways, users, or
resources) from one eDirectory tree to another.
To graft GroupWise objects:
1 In ConsoleOne, select a container in the eDirectory view.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Graft GroupWise Object
to display the Graft GroupWise Objects dialog box.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3 Follow the on-screen prompts. If you need information about a dialog box, click the Help
button.
5.16.2 Invalid Associations
Normally, a GroupWise object in eDirectory points to corresponding information in the GroupWise domain database. In turn, the information in the GroupWise domain database points back to its corresponding object in eDirectory.
Occasionally, a situation might arise where information in the GroupWise domain database no longer points to the same eDirectory object that points to it. This results in an invalid association between the information in the two directories.
78 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 79
You can use the Invalid Associations utility to correct invalid associations between information in the GroupWise domain database and eDirectory.
To check for invalid associations:
1 In the eDirectory View in ConsoleOne, select the container whose objects you want to check
for invalid associations (for example, an Organization, Organizational Unit, Domain, or Post Office).
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Invalid Associations to
display the Invalid Associations dialog box.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
The dialog box lists each invalid association for the objects in the selected container. The dialog box fields are described below:
Object in Question (Column I): This field lists the eDirectory object that has an invalid
association to a GroupWise object. The eDirectory object points to the GroupWise object listed in Column II, but the GroupWise object, according to the GroupWise domain database, does not point back to the eDirectory object.
GroupWise Object (Column II): This field lists the GroupWise object to which the
eDirectory object listed in Column I is associated.
Linked to Object (Column III): This field lists the eDirectory object to which the
GroupWise object listed in Column II has a valid association.
3 To remove the invalid association by disassociating the eDirectory object in Column I with the
GroupWise object in Column II, select the association, then click Disassociate.
4 To remove the invalid association by deleting the eDirectory object listed in Column I, select
the association, then click Delete.
GroupWise Utilities 79
Page 80
5.16.3 Associate Objects
You can use the Associate Objects utility to associate GroupWise information with an eDirectory object.
For example, if you delete a user’s eDirectory account but not his or her GroupWise account, the user’s GroupWise information is retained as a GroupWise External User object in the GroupWise database and can be viewed in the GroupWise View. You can then associate the GroupWise External User object with another eDirectory User object. In essence, you are moving the GroupWise information from one eDirectory User object to another.
In some circumstances, it is possible for the link between an eDirectory User object and its GroupWise information to be lost. If this occurs, the GroupWise information, which still exists in the GroupWise database, appears as a GroupWise External User object in the GroupWise View. You can use the Associate Objects utility to reassociate the GroupWise information with the eDirectory User object.
The Associate Objects utility can be used to associate the following objects:
GroupWise User or External User objects with eDirectory User objects
GroupWise External Entity objects with eDirectory External Entity objects
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Associating GroupWise User or External User Objects with eDirectory User Objects
1 In the GroupWise View in ConsoleOne, select the GroupWise User or External User object you
want.
or
In the eDirectory View, select the eDirectory User object you want.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Associate Objects.
3 If you selected a GroupWise User or External User object in Step 1, select the eDirectory User
object you want to associate with it.
or
If you selected an eDirectory User object in Step 1, select the GroupWise User object you want to associate with it.
4 Click OK to create the association.
If the eDirectory User object is already associated with another GroupWise object, you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the eDirectory User object is associated with the selected GroupWise object and its association with the other GroupWise object is removed.
If the GroupWise User or External User object is already associated with another eDirectory User object, you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the GroupWise User object is associated with the selected eDirectory object and its association with the other eDirectory object is removed.
Associating GroupWise External Entity Objects with eDirectory External Entity Objects
1 In the GroupWise View in ConsoleOne, select the GroupWise External Entity object you want.
80 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 81
or
In the eDirectory View, select the eDirectory External Entity object you want.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Associate Objects.
3 If you selected a GroupWise External Entity object in Step 1, select the eDirectory External
Entity object you want to associate with it.
or
If you selected an eDirectory External Entity object in Step 1, select the GroupWise External Entity object you want to associate with it.
4 Click OK to create the association.
If the eDirectory External Entity object is already associated with another GroupWise object, you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the eDirectory External Entity object is associated with the selected GroupWise object and its association with the other GroupWise object is removed.
If the GroupWise External Entity object is already associated with another eDirectory External Entity object, you receive a warning message indicating this. If you continue, the GroupWise External Entity object is associated with the selected eDirectory object and its association with the other eDirectory object is removed.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
5.16.4 Disassociate GroupWise Attributes
You can use the Disassociate GroupWise Attributes utility to disassociate GroupWise information from an eDirectory User object. This results in two separate eDirectory objects:
The User object, which no longer includes any GroupWise information.
A GroupWise External User object, which represents the user’s record in the GroupWise
database and is displayed only in the GroupWise View. The External User object allows the user to continue to have access to GroupWise and also enables you to graft the user record to another eDirectory User object. For more information, see Section 5.16.1, “Graft GroupWise
Objects,” on page 78.
To disassociate the GroupWise attributes from an eDirectory User object:
1 In ConsoleOne, select the User object whose GroupWise attributes you want to remove.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Disassociate GroupWise
Attributes.
5.16.5 Convert External Entity to User
You can use the Convert External Entity to User utility to convert a GroupWise External Entity object to an eDirectory User object.
1 In ConsoleOne, select the GroupWise External Entity object that you want to convert to an
eDirectory User object.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Convert External Entity to
User.
3 Click Yes to confirm that you want the conversion performed.
GroupWise Utilities 81
Page 82
5.16.6 Convert User to External Entity
You can use the Convert User to External Entity utility to convert a User object to a GroupWise External Entity object.
1 In ConsoleOne, select the User object that you want to convert to an GroupWise External
Entity object.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > GW / eDirectory Associations > Convert User to External
Entity.
3 Click Yes to confirm that you want the conversion performed.
5.17 Standalone GroupWise Utilities
Although ConsoleOne provides the primary administrative tool for managing your GroupWise system, additional standalone utilities are provide to meet specialized needs. These utilities perform tasks that might need to be performed in environments where ConsoleOne is not available.
Section 5.17.1, “GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck),” on page 82
Section 5.17.2, “GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA),” on page 82
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Section 5.17.3, “GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW),” on page 82
Section 5.17.4, “GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP),” on page 83
Section 5.17.5, “GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY),” on page 83
Section 5.17.6, “GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN),” on page 83
5.17.1 GroupWise Check Utility (GWCheck)
GroupWise Check is a standalone version of the ConsoleOne Mailbox/Library Maintenance utility. Like the Mailbox/Library Maintenance utility, GroupWise Check checks and repairs GroupWise user, message, library, and resource databases. However, in addition to checking post office, user, and library databases, it also checks users’ remote, caching, and archive databases.
For information about using GroupWise Check, see Section 34.1, “GroupWise Check,” on
page 423.
5.17.2 GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA)
The GroupWise Target Service Agent (GWTSA) works with software backup programs to provide reliable backups of a running GroupWise system on NetWare 5.1.
For information about using GWTSA, see Section 34.2.1, “GroupWise Target Service Agent
(GWTSA) for NetWare 5.1,” on page 435.
5.17.3 GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW)
The GroupWise Target Service Agent for File Systems (TSAFSGW) works with software backup programs to provide reliable backups of a running GroupWise system on NetWare 6.x/OES and Linux
82 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 83
For information about using TSAFSGW, see Section 34.2.2, “GroupWise Target Service Agent for
File Systems (TSAFSGW) for NetWare 6.x/OES and Linux,” on page 439.
5.17.4 GroupWise Backup Time Stamp Utility (GWTMSTMP)
The GroupWise Backup Time Stamp utility (GWTMSTMP) can be used to place a time stamp on a GroupWise user database to indicate the last time the database was backed up. If a user deletes an item from his or her mailbox and purges it from the Trash, the item is only deleted from the user’s database if the time stamp shows that the item would have already been backed up. Otherwise, the item remains in the user’s database until the database is backed up, at which time it is deleted from the working database.
For information about using the GroupWise Backup Time Stamp utility, see Section 34.3,
“GroupWise Time Stamp Utility,” on page 448.
5.17.5 GroupWise Database Copy Utility (DBCOPY)
The GroupWise Database Copy utility (DBCOPY) copies files from a live GroupWise system to a static location for backup. During the copy process, DBCOPY prevents the files from being modified, using the same locking mechanism used by other GroupWise programs that access databases. This ensures that the backed-up versions are consistent with the originals even when large databases take a substantial amount of time to copy.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
For information about using the GroupWise Database Copy utility, see Section 34.4, “GroupWise
Database Copy Utility,” on page 455.
5.17.6 GroupWise Generate CSR Utility (GWCSRGEN)
To provide secure communication through an SSL (Secure Socket Layer) connection, the GroupWise Agents (MTA, POA, and Internet Agent) require access to a server certificate and private key.
You can use the GroupWise Generate CSR utility (GWCSRGEN) to generate a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) file and a Private Key file.
The CSR file, which is Base64 encoded, contains the information required for a Certificate Authority (CA) to issue you a server certificate. This server certificate, when paired with the private key generated by the GroupWise Generate CSR utility, enables GroupWise agents to use SSL connections.
For information about SSL and certificates, see Section 71.2, “Server Certificates and SSL
Encryption,” on page 1123.
GroupWise Utilities 83
Page 84
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
84 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 85
6
GroupWise Address Book
The GroupWise® Address Book plays a central role in a GroupWise user’s experience with addressing messages. The default configuration of the GroupWise Address Book is often sufficient for a typical GroupWise system, but some customization options are available to enable the GroupWise Address Book to meet user needs.
Section 6.1, “Customizing Address Book Fields,” on page 85
Section 6.2, “Controlling Object Visibility,” on page 89
Section 6.3, “Supporting Messenger Presence Display in GroupWise,” on page 90
Section 6.4, “Updating Address Book Information,” on page 91
Section 6.5, “Controlling Address Book Synchronization for Remote Client Users,” on page 91
Section 6.6, “Enabling Wildcard Addressing,” on page 92
Section 6.7, “Adding External Users to the GroupWise Address Book,” on page 95
Section 6.8, “Facilitating Addressing through GroupWise Gateways,” on page 100
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
6
NOTE: In addition to the administrator-controlled changes you can make to the Address Book, GroupWise users can make individual changes such as creating personal address books, sharing personal address books, and accessing LDAP address books. For information about the Address Book functionality available to users, see:
Using the Address Book in the GroupWise 7 Windows Client User Guide
Using the Address Book in the GroupWise 7 Cross-Platform Client User Guide
Using the Address Book in the GroupWise 7 WebAccess Client User Guide
6.1 Customizing Address Book Fields
The GroupWise clients display specific fields in the GroupWise Address Book by default:
Table 6-1 Default Address Book Fields in the GroupWise Clients
Windows Client Cross-Platform Client WebAccess Client
Name E-Mail Address Title Office Phone Number
Name E-Mail Address Department Office Phone Number Fax Number User ID Last Name First Name
Name E-Mail Address
GroupWise Address Book
85
Page 86
NOTE: Address Book fields in the WebAccess client are set permanently and cannot be changed by you or by client users
Windows and Linux/Mac client users can add more columns to their own Address Book. In the client, users right-click the Address Book column header, then select a column from the drop-down list or click More Columns to display a longer list of possible columns.
®
In ConsoleOne
, you can add columns to the list that is displayed in the GroupWise clients when
users click More Columns. This is configured at the domain level.
Section 6.1.1, “Adding eDirectory Fields to the Address Book,” on page 86
Section 6.1.2, “Adding LDAP Fields to the Address Book,” on page 87
Section 6.1.3, “Changing the Default Sort Order,” on page 88
Section 6.1.4, “Removing Fields from the Address Book,” on page 89
Section 6.1.5, “Preventing the User Description Field from Displaying in the Address Book,”
on page 89
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
6.1.1 Adding eDirectory Fields to the Address Book
Adding an eDirectory field makes the field available in the GroupWise Address Book when users click More Columns in the GroupWise client. Users must manually select the columns you add in ConsoleOne in order to make the available in the GroupWise client.
1 In ConsoleOne, right-click the Domain object whose Address Book you want to modify, then
click Properties.
2 Click GroupWise > Address Book to display the Address Book page.
The Address Book Fields list shows all fields that are available for selection in the Address Book in the GroupWise client.
The Available Fields list shows additional predefined GroupWise user fields that can be added to the Address Book. Novell
86 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
®
eDirectoryTM also includes user information that is not associated
Page 87
to GroupWise user fields. For example, a User object includes Postal Address fields named City, State, and Zip Code. By default, these fields are not included as GroupWise fields. However, you can use the Map Additional Fields button to map eDirectory user fields to GroupWise fields so that they can be displayed in the GroupWise Address Book.
3 To add a field that is not displayed in the Available Fields list, click Map Additional Fields,
select an unmapped Admin-defined field, click Edit, select the eDirectory property to map to the Admin-defined field, then click OK twice to add it to the Available Fields list.
NOTE: To add fields independent of a specific domain’s Address Book, use Tools > GroupWise System Operations > Admin-Defined Fields to display the Administrator-Defined
Fields dialog box. The fields defined in this dialog box are available for selection and display in the Address Book belonging to any domain.
4 In the Available Fields list, select the field you want to make available in the Address Book,
then click the left-arrow to move it to the Address Book Fields list.
5 If the field is an Administrator-defined field and you want to change how the field is labeled in
the Address Book, select the field, click Edit Label, specify a new label in the Address Book Label field, then click OK.
Administrator-defined fields are marked with an asterisk (*). You can only edit an Administrator-defined field that is in the Address Book Fields list.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
6 When you are finished, click OK in the Address Book page to save your changes.
6.1.2 Adding LDAP Fields to the Address Book
A number of LDAP fields that are available in ConsoleOne are not listed on the Address Book property page of the Domain object. These LDAP fields can also be added to the GroupWise Address Book by making them visible in eDirectory.
1 In ConsoleOne, right-click your Tree object, then click Properties.
2 Select Public, click Assigned Rights, then click Add Property.
GroupWise Address Book 87
Page 88
In the Add Property dialog box, all capitalized property names sort ahead of all uncapitalized property names.
3 Select Show All Properties, scroll down to locate the property you want to add to the
GroupWise Address Book, select the property (for example, Title), then click OK.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4 With the new property highlighted, select Inheritable, then click OK twice to save the new
property settings.
When you return to the Address Book property page of the Domain object, you can select the new property to display in the GroupWise Address Book, as described in Section 6.1.1, “Adding
eDirectory Fields to the Address Book,” on page 86.
6.1.3 Changing the Default Sort Order
NOTE: The Sort Address Book By field on the Address Book page of the Domain object is obsolete and no longer affects Address Book sorting in the GroupWise clients.
88 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 89
6.1.4 Removing Fields from the Address Book
If there are fields in the Address Book that are not used or that you don’t want displayed to users, you can remove them.
On the Address Book page of the Domain object:
1 In the Address Book Fields list, select the field you want to remove, then click the right-arrow
to move the field to the Available Fields list.
The fields in the Available Fields list are not displayed in the Address Book.
2 Repeat Step 1 to remove additional fields you don’t want to use.
3 Click OK to save your changes.
6.1.5 Preventing the User Description Field from Displaying in the Address Book
The GroupWise Address Book provides detailed user information as well as e-mail addresses. A user’s detailed information includes a comments field that displays the information stored in the User object Description field (User object > General > Identification). If you have included information in the Description field that you don’t want displayed in the GroupWise Address Book, you can prevent the field’s contents from being displayed.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
TIP: To view a user’s detailed information, including the comments field, in the Address Book, select the user’s address, then click View > Details.
On the Address Book page of the Domain object:
1 Enable the Do Not Display User Comments option.
2 Click OK to save your changes.
6.2 Controlling Object Visibility
An object’s visibility determines which post office databases the object’s information is distributed to. A post office’s users can only see an object’s information in the Address Book if the object’s information has been distributed to its post office.
Visibility applies to the following objects: user, external user, external entity, resource, external resource, distribution list, eDirectory group, eDirectory organizational role, and nickname.
IMPORTANT: Unlike the other objects listed above, nicknames that have been distributed to a post office do not actually appear in the post office’s Address Book. Users must type the nickname’s address in the message rather than select it from the Address Book.
You can choose from the following visibility levels:
System: The object is visible in every post office Address Book throughout the system; if
external system synchronization is turned on, it is also available for distribution to other GroupWise systems. This is the default for users, external users, resources, external resources, external entities, and nicknames.
GroupWise Address Book 89
Page 90
Domain: The object is visible only in the Address Book of the post offices located in the
object’s domain.
Post Office: The object is visible only in the Address Book of the object’s post office. This is
the default for distribution lists, groups, and organizational roles.
None: The object is not visible in the Address Book of any post offices.
For information about setting visibility for various GroupWise objects, see:
Section 14.7.3, “Changing a User’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 238
Section 16.6.2, “Changing a Resource’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 258
Section 18.8.2, “Changing a Distribution List’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 274
Section 19.3, “Changing a Group’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 281
Section 20.3, “Changing an Organizational Role’s Visibility in the Address Book,” on page 287
6.3 Supporting Messenger Presence Display in GroupWise
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
GroupWise and Messenger can be integrated so that Messenger presence information displays in the GroupWise Windows client. Messenger presence enables users to easily choose instant messaging as an alternative to e-mail. Messenger presence icons appear in the From field of a received message, in the Quick Info for users specified in the To, CC, and BC fields of a new message, and in the Quick Info for users in the Address Book. Messenger presence is enabled by default.
To provide the GroupWise client with the information it needs to display Messenger presence, you need to modify the configuration of the Address Book for each domain where there are users who use Messenger.
®
1 In ConsoleOne
2 Click GroupWise > Address Book.
, browse to and right-click the Domain object, then click Properties.
90 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 91
3 In the Available Fields list, select Distinguished Name, then click the left-arrow to move
Distinguished Name into the Address Book Fields list.
4 Click OK to save your change.
5 After the Address Book is properly configured, use the Client Options feature to enable or
disable Messenger presence on a domain, post office, or user level.
See “Show Messenger Presence” on page 1052.
6.4 Updating Address Book Information
Each post office database includes all the information displayed in the GroupWise Address Book that is stored in the domain. By keeping the information in the post office, the post office’s users have quick access to it. Whenever changes are made in eDirectory that affect Address Book information, the information is replicated to each domain database and each post office database.
If information in a post office’s Address Book is out-of-date or missing, you can synchronize the missing information with eDirectory or rebuild the post office database to obtain updated information from the domain.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Section 6.4.1, “Synchronizing Information,” on page 91
Section 6.4.2, “Rebuilding the Post Office Database,” on page 91
6.4.1 Synchronizing Information
The information for each object (user, resource, distribution list, and so forth) in the GroupWise Address Book is contained in eDirectory. When an object’s information is incorrect in a post office’s Address Book, you can synchronize the object’s information in the Address Book with the information stored in eDirectory. This causes the correct information to be replicated to each domain and post office database in the GroupWise system. For instructions, see Chapter 29, “Synchronizing
Database Information,” on page 395.
6.4.2 Rebuilding the Post Office Database
If the post office Address Book is missing a lot of information, or if you are having other difficulties with information in the Address Book, you might want to rebuild the post office database. This causes all information to be replicated to the post office database from the domain database. For instructions, see Section 26.3, “Rebuilding Domain or Post Office Databases,” on page 381.
6.5 Controlling Address Book Synchronization for Remote Client Users
Before GroupWise 7, Remote client users received updated system Address Books based on the
Refresh Address Books and Rules Every nn Days setting under Accounts > Mail > Properties > Advanced. The entire Address Book was downloaded to the Remote client according to the specified
schedule. The downloadable version of the Address Book was created by the POA according to the schedule described in Section 36.4.3, “Performing Nightly User Upkeep,” on page 513
Starting in GroupWise 7, the POA automatically updates the post office database with changes to the Address Book as they occur. As a result, whenever a Remote client connects to the GroupWise system, it automatically downloads any updates to the Address Book that have occurred since the
GroupWise Address Book 91
Page 92
last time it connected. This means that Remote client users always have an up-to-date Address Book to work with.
Because the Address Book updates are stored as records in the post office database (wphost.db), this feature causes the post office database to grow in size as time passes. Therefore, in ConsoleOne, you can specify the maximum number of days you want to store the incremental update records. The longer the incremental update records are stored, the larger the post office database becomes, which can impact available disk space and backup time.
1 Browse to and select a Post Office object, then click Properties.
2 Click GroupWise > Post Office Settings.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
3 In the Max Age for Address Book Updates field, specify the number of days you want to retain
Address Book update records.
The default is 15 days. The maximum number of days is 90.
4 Click OK to save the setting.
Remote client users should not deselect Refresh Address Books and Rules Every nn Days because rules are still downloaded according to this schedule. Even if users do not want to download their rules, they still should not deselect this option because it would turn off the Address Book delta sync. They can, however, set the option to a greater number of days to cause the download of the full Address Book to occur less frequently.
6.6 Enabling Wildcard Addressing
By default, users address messages by selecting users and distribution lists from the Address Book. If you enable wildcard addressing, users can send items to all users in a post office, domain, GroupWise system, or connected GroupWise system by using asterisks (*) as wildcards in e-mail addresses.
You can limit wildcard addressing to a specific level (system, domain, or post office) or allow unlimited wildcard addressing. The default is to limit the wildcard addressing to post office only,
92 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 93
meaning that a user can use wild card addressing to send to all users on his or her post office only. You can change the default for individual users, post offices, or domains.
When using wildcard addressing, the sender only sees whether the item was delivered to a domain, post office, or system (by viewing the item’s properties). The properties do not show the individual usernames or additional statuses. Recipients can reply to the sender only. Reply to All is unavailable.
Section 6.6.1, “Setting Wildcard Addressing Levels,” on page 93
Section 6.6.2, “Wildcard Addressing Syntax,” on page 94
NOTE: Wildcard addressing cannot be used for assigning shared folders or shared address books, granting proxy rights, performing busy searches, or sending routing slips.
6.6.1 Setting Wildcard Addressing Levels
By default, wildcard addressing is enabled at the post office level for all users in your GroupWise system. You can change the level (post office, domain, or system) or disable wildcard addressing.
Wildcard addressing levels can be applied to a single user, to all users in a post office, or to all users in a domain.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
To set wildcard addressing defaults:
1 In ConsoleOne, select a Domain, Post Office, or User object.
2 Click Too ls > GroupWise Utilities > Client Options to display the GroupWise Client Options
dialog box.
3 Click Send to display the Send Options dialog box.
GroupWise Address Book 93
Page 94
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4 In the Wildcard Addressing list, select from the following options:
Not Allowed: Select this option to disable wildcard addressing.
Limited to Post Office (Default): Select this option to limit wildcard addressing to the
user’s post office. The user can use wildcard addressing to send items to users in his or her post office only.
Limited to Domain: Select this option to limit wildcard addressing to the user’s domain.
The user can use wildcard addressing to send items to users in his or her domain only.
Limited to System: Select this option to limit wildcard addressing to the user’s
GroupWise system. The user can use wildcard addressing to send items to all users in his or her system only. This excludes external users (users from other systems) who have been added to your GroupWise address book.
Unlimited: Select this option to allow unlimited use of wildcard addressing. The user can
use wildcard addressing to send to all users (including external users and non-visible users) defined in the GroupWise address book.
5 Click OK to save the changes.
6.6.2 Wildcard Addressing Syntax
The following table shows the syntax that must be used when using wildcard addressing to send items.
Table 6-2 Wildcard Addressing
Wildcard Addressing Setting To send an item to... Type in the To field...
Limited to Post Office
94 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
All users in your post office *
Page 95
Wildcard Addressing Setting To send an item to... Type in the To field...
Limited to Domain All users in your post office *
All users in your domain *.*
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
All users in another post office in your domain
Limited to System All users in your post office *
All users in your domain *.*
All users in another post office in your domain
All users in a post office in another domain
All users in another domain *.domain
All users in your GroupWise system *.*.*
Unlimited All users in your post office *
All users in your domain *.*
All users in a different post office in your domain
All users in a post office in another domain. You can also use this for external post offices and external domains.
All users in a another domain. You can also use this for external domains.
*.post_office
*.post_office
*.post_office.domain
*.post_office
*.post_office.domain
*.domain
All users in the GroupWise address book (all users in the same system, all external users, and all non-visible users)
*.*.*
6.7 Adding External Users to the GroupWise Address Book
The GroupWise Address Book lists all users that belong to your GroupWise system. When users receive incoming messages, the senders are added to users’ Frequent Contacts Address Books to facilitate replying to users who are not included in the GroupWise Address Book. If necessary, you can configure GroupWise so that external (non-GroupWise) users appear in the GroupWise Address Book and are therefore available to all GroupWise users.
The following sections help you add non-GroupWise users to the GroupWise Address Book:
Section 6.7.1, “Creating a Non-GroupWise Domain to Represent the Internet,” on page 96
Section 6.7.2, “Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain,” on page 96
Section 6.7.3, “Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host,” on
page 98
Section 6.7.4, “Creating External Users,” on page 100
GroupWise Address Book 95
Page 96
6.7.1 Creating a Non-GroupWise Domain to Represent the Internet
1 In ConsoleOne®, right-click GroupWise System (in the left pane), then click New > Non-
GroupWise Domain.
2 Fill in the fields:
Domain Name: Specify a name that has not been used for another domain in your system (for example, Internet).
Time Zone: This should match the time zone for the Internet Agent. If it does not, select the correct time zone.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
Link to Domain: Select a domain where the Internet Agent is running.
3 Click OK to create the non-GroupWise domain.
The non-GroupWise domain appears under GroupWise System in the left pane.
4 Continue with Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain.
6.7.2 Linking to the Non-GroupWise Domain
After you have created the non-GroupWise domain, you must modify the link between the domain where the Internet Agent is running and the non-GroupWise domain. This enables the GroupWise system to route all Internet messages to the MTA of the Internet Agent domain. The MTA can then route the messages to the Internet Agent, which sends them to the Internet.
To modify the link to the non-GroupWise domain:
1 In ConsoleOne, click Tools > GroupWise Utilities > Link Configuration to display the Link
Configuration tool.
By default, the Link Configuration tool displays the links for the domain that you are currently connected to.
96 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 97
2 If the Internet Agent domain is not the currently displayed domain, select it from the list of
domains on the toolbar.
The non-GroupWise domain should be displayed in the Direct column. In the graphic displayed under step 1, Internet is the non-GroupWise domain.
3 Double-click the non-GroupWise domain to display the Edit Domain Link dialog box.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
NOTE: If you are prompted that the mapped path is empty, click Ye s to dismiss the prompt and display the Edit Domain Link dialog box.
4 In the Link Type field, select Gateway.
After you select Gateway, the dialog boxes changes to display the settings required for a gateway link.
5 Fill in the following fields:
GroupWise Address Book 97
Page 98
Gateway Link: Select the Internet Agent.
Gateway Access String: If you want to specify the conversion format (RFC-822 or MIME) for
messages sent to the domain, include one of the following parameters: -rfc822 or -mime. If you do not use either of these parameters, the Internet Agent converts messages to the format specified in its startup file. The default is for MIME conversion (as specified by the Internet Agent’s /mime startup switch).
Return Link: Leave this field as is. It does not apply to the Internet Agent.
Maximum Send Message Size: If you want to limit the size of messages that the MTA for the
Internet Agent domain passes to the Internet Agent, specify the maximum size. This is applied to all messages. If you want to limit the size of messages sent by specific users or groups of users, you can also use the Access Control feature. For details, see Section 47.1, “Controlling
User Access to the Internet,” on page 747.
Delay Message Size: If you want the MTA to delay routing of large messages to the Internet Agent, specify the message size. Any messages that exceed the message size are assigned a lower priority by the MTA and are processed after the higher priority messages.
6 Click OK to save the changes.
The non-GroupWise domain is moved from the Direct column to the Gateway column. For a description of the link symbols in front of the domain names, see the Help in the Link Configuration tool.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
7 Click the File menu, click Exit, then click Yes to exit the Link Configuration tool and save your
changes.
8 Continue with Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host.
6.7.3 Creating a Non-GroupWise Post Office to Represent an Internet Host
When creating a post office to represent an Internet host, the post office name cannot be identical to the hostname because the period that separates the hostname components (for example, novell.com) is not a valid character for post office names. GroupWise reserves the period for its addressing syntax of user_ID.post_office.domain. Therefore, you should choose a name that is closely related to the hostname.
98 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Page 99
To create a non-GroupWise post office:
1 In ConsoleOne, right-click the non-GroupWise domain that represents the Internet, then click
New > External Post Office.
2 Fill in the following fields:
Post Office Name: Specify a name to associate the post office with the Internet host. Do not use the fully-qualified hostname.
Time Zone: Select the time zone in which the Internet host is located.
3 Click OK to create the post office.
The non-GroupWise post office is added under the non-GroupWise domain.
4 Right-click the new non-GroupWise post office, then click Properties.
5 Click GroupWise > Internet Addressing.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
6 If you want to override the GroupWise system allowed address formats, select Override beside
Allowed Address Formats, then select the allowed address formats for this Internet host.
7 Beside Internet Domain Name, select Override, then specify the actual name of the Internet
host that the external post office represents.
8 Click OK to save your changes.
9 Continue with Creating External Users.
GroupWise Address Book 99
Page 100
6.7.4 Creating External Users
By creating external users, you add them to the GroupWise Address Book for easy selection by GroupWise users when addressing messages.
To add an Internet user to a post office:
1 In ConsoleOne, right-click the post office that represents the user’s Internet host, then click
New > External User.
2 In the User Name field, specify the exact user portion of the user’s Internet address. If the
address is jsmith@novell.com, the portion you would specify is jsmith.
3 Click OK to create the external user.
novdocx (en) 10 March 2008
4 Provide personal information about the external user:
4a Right-click the new External User object.
4b Fill in the desired fields on the Identification page.
Because the user is displayed in the GroupWise Address Book, you might want to define the user’s first name and last name. This is especially important if the allowed address formats for the Internet host include first name and last name information.
4c Click OK to save the user’s personal information.
If you have only a few users on some Internet hosts, you can create a single external post office for these users, then define their Internet domain names on the Identification pages of the External User objects instead of on the External Post Office object.
6.8 Facilitating Addressing through GroupWise Gateways
Current GroupWise Gateways, such as the GroupWise Gateway 2.0 for Microsoft* Exchange and the GroupWise Gateway 3.0 for Lotus Notes*, provide convenient addressing features for users on both sides of the gateway. Earlier GroupWise gateways made use of addressing rules to simplify addressing through the gateway. Setting up addressing rules is not necessary for current GroupWise gateways.
Addressing rules let you search for text in an address and replace it with other text. Addressing rules are created at the system level and enabled by domain. Gateway-specific instructions are available on the GroupWise Gateways documentation page (http://www.novell.com/documentation/
gwgateways). The following sections provide some general instructions for setting up addressing
rules:
Section 6.8.1, “Creating an Addressing Rule,” on page 101
Section 6.8.2, “Enabling an Addressing Rule,” on page 102
100 GroupWise 7 Administration Guide
Loading...